author | Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com> |
Fri, 19 Feb 2010 23:40:16 +0200 | |
branch | RCL_3 |
changeset 4 | 3b1da2848fc7 |
parent 3 | 41300fa6a67c |
child 14 | c0432d11811c |
permissions | -rw-r--r-- |
0 | 1 |
/**************************************************************************** |
2 |
** |
|
4
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
3 |
** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). |
0 | 4 |
** All rights reserved. |
5 |
** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) |
|
6 |
** |
|
7 |
** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. |
|
8 |
** |
|
9 |
** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ |
|
10 |
** No Commercial Usage |
|
11 |
** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. |
|
12 |
** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions |
|
13 |
** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying |
|
14 |
** this package. |
|
15 |
** |
|
16 |
** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage |
|
17 |
** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser |
|
18 |
** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software |
|
19 |
** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the |
|
20 |
** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to |
|
21 |
** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements |
|
22 |
** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. |
|
23 |
** |
|
24 |
** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional |
|
25 |
** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception |
|
26 |
** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. |
|
27 |
** |
|
28 |
** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact |
|
29 |
** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. |
|
30 |
** |
|
31 |
** |
|
32 |
** |
|
33 |
** |
|
34 |
** |
|
35 |
** |
|
36 |
** |
|
37 |
** |
|
38 |
** $QT_END_LICENSE$ |
|
39 |
** |
|
40 |
****************************************************************************/ |
|
41 |
||
42 |
#include "qimage.h" |
|
43 |
#include "qdatastream.h" |
|
44 |
#include "qbuffer.h" |
|
45 |
#include "qmap.h" |
|
46 |
#include "qmatrix.h" |
|
47 |
#include "qtransform.h" |
|
48 |
#include "qimagereader.h" |
|
49 |
#include "qimagewriter.h" |
|
50 |
#include "qstringlist.h" |
|
51 |
#include "qvariant.h" |
|
52 |
#include "qimagepixmapcleanuphooks_p.h" |
|
53 |
#include <ctype.h> |
|
54 |
#include <stdlib.h> |
|
55 |
#include <limits.h> |
|
56 |
#include <math.h> |
|
57 |
#include <private/qdrawhelper_p.h> |
|
58 |
#include <private/qmemrotate_p.h> |
|
59 |
#include <private/qpixmapdata_p.h> |
|
60 |
#include <private/qimagescale_p.h> |
|
61 |
||
62 |
#include <qhash.h> |
|
63 |
||
64 |
#include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h> |
|
65 |
||
66 |
#include <private/qimage_p.h> |
|
67 |
||
68 |
QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE |
|
69 |
||
70 |
static inline bool checkPixelSize(const QImage::Format format) |
|
71 |
{ |
|
72 |
switch (format) { |
|
73 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
74 |
return (sizeof(qargb8565) == 3); |
|
75 |
case QImage::Format_RGB666: |
|
76 |
return (sizeof(qrgb666) == 3); |
|
77 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
78 |
return (sizeof(qargb6666) == 3); |
|
79 |
case QImage::Format_RGB555: |
|
80 |
return (sizeof(qrgb555) == 2); |
|
81 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
82 |
return (sizeof(qargb8555) == 3); |
|
83 |
case QImage::Format_RGB888: |
|
84 |
return (sizeof(qrgb888) == 3); |
|
85 |
case QImage::Format_RGB444: |
|
86 |
return (sizeof(qrgb444) == 2); |
|
87 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
88 |
return (sizeof(qargb4444) == 2); |
|
89 |
default: |
|
90 |
return true; |
|
91 |
} |
|
92 |
} |
|
93 |
||
94 |
#if defined(Q_CC_DEC) && defined(__alpha) && (__DECCXX_VER-0 >= 50190001) |
|
95 |
#pragma message disable narrowptr |
|
96 |
#endif |
|
97 |
||
98 |
||
99 |
#define QIMAGE_SANITYCHECK_MEMORY(image) \ |
|
100 |
if ((image).isNull()) { \ |
|
101 |
qWarning("QImage: out of memory, returning null image"); \ |
|
102 |
return QImage(); \ |
|
103 |
} |
|
104 |
||
105 |
||
106 |
static QImage rotated90(const QImage &src); |
|
107 |
static QImage rotated180(const QImage &src); |
|
108 |
static QImage rotated270(const QImage &src); |
|
109 |
||
110 |
// ### Qt 5: remove |
|
111 |
Q_GUI_EXPORT qint64 qt_image_id(const QImage &image) |
|
112 |
{ |
|
113 |
return image.cacheKey(); |
|
114 |
} |
|
115 |
||
116 |
const QVector<QRgb> *qt_image_colortable(const QImage &image) |
|
117 |
{ |
|
118 |
return &image.d->colortable; |
|
119 |
} |
|
120 |
||
121 |
extern int qt_defaultDpiX(); |
|
122 |
extern int qt_defaultDpiY(); |
|
123 |
||
124 |
QBasicAtomicInt qimage_serial_number = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1); |
|
125 |
||
126 |
QImageData::QImageData() |
|
127 |
: ref(0), width(0), height(0), depth(0), nbytes(0), data(0), |
|
128 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
129 |
jumptable(0), |
|
130 |
#endif |
|
131 |
format(QImage::Format_ARGB32), bytes_per_line(0), |
|
132 |
ser_no(qimage_serial_number.fetchAndAddRelaxed(1)), |
|
133 |
detach_no(0), |
|
134 |
dpmx(qt_defaultDpiX() * 100 / qreal(2.54)), |
|
135 |
dpmy(qt_defaultDpiY() * 100 / qreal(2.54)), |
|
136 |
offset(0, 0), own_data(true), ro_data(false), has_alpha_clut(false), |
|
137 |
is_cached(false), paintEngine(0) |
|
138 |
{ |
|
139 |
} |
|
140 |
||
141 |
static int depthForFormat(QImage::Format format) |
|
142 |
{ |
|
143 |
int depth = 0; |
|
144 |
switch(format) { |
|
145 |
case QImage::Format_Invalid: |
|
146 |
case QImage::NImageFormats: |
|
147 |
Q_ASSERT(false); |
|
148 |
case QImage::Format_Mono: |
|
149 |
case QImage::Format_MonoLSB: |
|
150 |
depth = 1; |
|
151 |
break; |
|
152 |
case QImage::Format_Indexed8: |
|
153 |
depth = 8; |
|
154 |
break; |
|
155 |
case QImage::Format_RGB32: |
|
156 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32: |
|
157 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied: |
|
158 |
depth = 32; |
|
159 |
break; |
|
160 |
case QImage::Format_RGB555: |
|
161 |
case QImage::Format_RGB16: |
|
162 |
case QImage::Format_RGB444: |
|
163 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
164 |
depth = 16; |
|
165 |
break; |
|
166 |
case QImage::Format_RGB666: |
|
167 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
168 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
169 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
170 |
case QImage::Format_RGB888: |
|
171 |
depth = 24; |
|
172 |
break; |
|
173 |
} |
|
174 |
return depth; |
|
175 |
} |
|
176 |
||
177 |
/*! \fn QImageData * QImageData::create(const QSize &size, QImage::Format format, int numColors) |
|
178 |
||
179 |
\internal |
|
180 |
||
181 |
Creates a new image data. |
|
182 |
Returns 0 if invalid parameters are give or anything else failed. |
|
183 |
*/ |
|
184 |
QImageData * QImageData::create(const QSize &size, QImage::Format format, int numColors) |
|
185 |
{ |
|
186 |
if (!size.isValid() || numColors < 0 || format == QImage::Format_Invalid) |
|
187 |
return 0; // invalid parameter(s) |
|
188 |
||
189 |
if (!checkPixelSize(format)) { |
|
190 |
qWarning("QImageData::create(): Invalid pixel size for format %i", |
|
191 |
format); |
|
192 |
return 0; |
|
193 |
} |
|
194 |
||
195 |
uint width = size.width(); |
|
196 |
uint height = size.height(); |
|
197 |
uint depth = depthForFormat(format); |
|
198 |
||
199 |
switch (format) { |
|
200 |
case QImage::Format_Mono: |
|
201 |
case QImage::Format_MonoLSB: |
|
202 |
numColors = 2; |
|
203 |
break; |
|
204 |
case QImage::Format_Indexed8: |
|
205 |
numColors = qBound(0, numColors, 256); |
|
206 |
break; |
|
207 |
default: |
|
208 |
numColors = 0; |
|
209 |
break; |
|
210 |
} |
|
211 |
||
212 |
const int bytes_per_line = ((width * depth + 31) >> 5) << 2; // bytes per scanline (must be multiple of 8) |
|
213 |
||
214 |
// sanity check for potential overflows |
|
215 |
if (INT_MAX/depth < width |
|
216 |
|| bytes_per_line <= 0 |
|
217 |
|| height <= 0 |
|
218 |
|| INT_MAX/uint(bytes_per_line) < height |
|
219 |
|| INT_MAX/sizeof(uchar *) < uint(height)) |
|
220 |
return 0; |
|
221 |
||
222 |
QScopedPointer<QImageData> d(new QImageData); |
|
223 |
d->colortable.resize(numColors); |
|
224 |
if (depth == 1) { |
|
225 |
d->colortable[0] = QColor(Qt::black).rgba(); |
|
226 |
d->colortable[1] = QColor(Qt::white).rgba(); |
|
227 |
} else { |
|
228 |
for (int i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) |
|
229 |
d->colortable[i] = 0; |
|
230 |
} |
|
231 |
||
232 |
d->width = width; |
|
233 |
d->height = height; |
|
234 |
d->depth = depth; |
|
235 |
d->format = format; |
|
236 |
d->has_alpha_clut = false; |
|
237 |
d->is_cached = false; |
|
238 |
||
239 |
d->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line; |
|
240 |
||
241 |
d->nbytes = d->bytes_per_line*height; |
|
242 |
d->data = (uchar *)malloc(d->nbytes); |
|
243 |
||
244 |
if (!d->data) { |
|
245 |
return 0; |
|
246 |
} |
|
247 |
||
248 |
d->ref.ref(); |
|
249 |
return d.take(); |
|
250 |
||
251 |
} |
|
252 |
||
253 |
QImageData::~QImageData() |
|
254 |
{ |
|
255 |
if (is_cached) |
|
256 |
QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executeImageHooks((((qint64) ser_no) << 32) | ((qint64) detach_no)); |
|
257 |
delete paintEngine; |
|
258 |
if (data && own_data) |
|
259 |
free(data); |
|
260 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
261 |
if (jumptable) |
|
262 |
free(jumptable); |
|
263 |
jumptable = 0; |
|
264 |
#endif |
|
265 |
data = 0; |
|
266 |
} |
|
267 |
||
268 |
||
269 |
bool QImageData::checkForAlphaPixels() const |
|
270 |
{ |
|
271 |
bool has_alpha_pixels = false; |
|
272 |
||
273 |
switch (format) { |
|
274 |
||
275 |
case QImage::Format_Indexed8: |
|
276 |
has_alpha_pixels = has_alpha_clut; |
|
277 |
break; |
|
278 |
||
279 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32: |
|
280 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied: { |
|
281 |
uchar *bits = data; |
|
282 |
for (int y=0; y<height && !has_alpha_pixels; ++y) { |
|
283 |
for (int x=0; x<width; ++x) |
|
284 |
has_alpha_pixels |= (((uint *)bits)[x] & 0xff000000) != 0xff000000; |
|
285 |
bits += bytes_per_line; |
|
286 |
} |
|
287 |
} break; |
|
288 |
||
289 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
290 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: { |
|
291 |
uchar *bits = data; |
|
292 |
uchar *end_bits = data + bytes_per_line; |
|
293 |
||
294 |
for (int y=0; y<height && !has_alpha_pixels; ++y) { |
|
295 |
while (bits < end_bits) { |
|
296 |
has_alpha_pixels |= bits[0] != 0; |
|
297 |
bits += 3; |
|
298 |
} |
|
299 |
bits = end_bits; |
|
300 |
end_bits += bytes_per_line; |
|
301 |
} |
|
302 |
} break; |
|
303 |
||
304 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: { |
|
305 |
uchar *bits = data; |
|
306 |
uchar *end_bits = data + bytes_per_line; |
|
307 |
||
308 |
for (int y=0; y<height && !has_alpha_pixels; ++y) { |
|
309 |
while (bits < end_bits) { |
|
310 |
has_alpha_pixels |= (bits[0] & 0xfc) != 0; |
|
311 |
bits += 3; |
|
312 |
} |
|
313 |
bits = end_bits; |
|
314 |
end_bits += bytes_per_line; |
|
315 |
} |
|
316 |
} break; |
|
317 |
||
318 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: { |
|
319 |
uchar *bits = data; |
|
320 |
uchar *end_bits = data + bytes_per_line; |
|
321 |
||
322 |
for (int y=0; y<height && !has_alpha_pixels; ++y) { |
|
323 |
while (bits < end_bits) { |
|
324 |
has_alpha_pixels |= (bits[0] & 0xf0) != 0; |
|
325 |
bits += 2; |
|
326 |
} |
|
327 |
bits = end_bits; |
|
328 |
end_bits += bytes_per_line; |
|
329 |
} |
|
330 |
} break; |
|
331 |
||
332 |
default: |
|
333 |
break; |
|
334 |
} |
|
335 |
||
336 |
return has_alpha_pixels; |
|
337 |
} |
|
338 |
||
339 |
/*! |
|
340 |
\class QImage |
|
341 |
||
342 |
\ingroup painting |
|
343 |
\ingroup shared |
|
344 |
||
345 |
\reentrant |
|
346 |
||
347 |
\brief The QImage class provides a hardware-independent image |
|
348 |
representation that allows direct access to the pixel data, and |
|
349 |
can be used as a paint device. |
|
350 |
||
351 |
Qt provides four classes for handling image data: QImage, QPixmap, |
|
352 |
QBitmap and QPicture. QImage is designed and optimized for I/O, |
|
353 |
and for direct pixel access and manipulation, while QPixmap is |
|
354 |
designed and optimized for showing images on screen. QBitmap is |
|
355 |
only a convenience class that inherits QPixmap, ensuring a |
|
356 |
depth of 1. Finally, the QPicture class is a paint device that |
|
357 |
records and replays QPainter commands. |
|
358 |
||
359 |
Because QImage is a QPaintDevice subclass, QPainter can be used to |
|
360 |
draw directly onto images. When using QPainter on a QImage, the |
|
361 |
painting can be performed in another thread than the current GUI |
|
362 |
thread. |
|
363 |
||
364 |
The QImage class supports several image formats described by the |
|
365 |
\l Format enum. These include monochrome, 8-bit, 32-bit and |
|
366 |
alpha-blended images which are available in all versions of Qt |
|
367 |
4.x. |
|
368 |
||
369 |
QImage provides a collection of functions that can be used to |
|
370 |
obtain a variety of information about the image. There are also |
|
371 |
several functions that enables transformation of the image. |
|
372 |
||
373 |
QImage objects can be passed around by value since the QImage |
|
374 |
class uses \l{Implicit Data Sharing}{implicit data |
|
375 |
sharing}. QImage objects can also be streamed and compared. |
|
376 |
||
377 |
\note If you would like to load QImage objects in a static build of Qt, |
|
378 |
refer to the \l{How To Create Qt Plugins#Static Plugins}{Plugin HowTo}. |
|
379 |
||
380 |
\warning Painting on a QImage with the format |
|
381 |
QImage::Format_Indexed8 is not supported. |
|
382 |
||
383 |
\tableofcontents |
|
384 |
||
385 |
\section1 Reading and Writing Image Files |
|
386 |
||
387 |
QImage provides several ways of loading an image file: The file |
|
388 |
can be loaded when constructing the QImage object, or by using the |
|
389 |
load() or loadFromData() functions later on. QImage also provides |
|
390 |
the static fromData() function, constructing a QImage from the |
|
391 |
given data. When loading an image, the file name can either refer |
|
392 |
to an actual file on disk or to one of the application's embedded |
|
393 |
resources. See \l{The Qt Resource System} overview for details |
|
394 |
on how to embed images and other resource files in the |
|
395 |
application's executable. |
|
396 |
||
397 |
Simply call the save() function to save a QImage object. |
|
398 |
||
399 |
The complete list of supported file formats are available through |
|
400 |
the QImageReader::supportedImageFormats() and |
|
401 |
QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats() functions. New file formats |
|
402 |
can be added as plugins. By default, Qt supports the following |
|
403 |
formats: |
|
404 |
||
405 |
\table |
|
406 |
\header \o Format \o Description \o Qt's support |
|
407 |
\row \o BMP \o Windows Bitmap \o Read/write |
|
408 |
\row \o GIF \o Graphic Interchange Format (optional) \o Read |
|
409 |
\row \o JPG \o Joint Photographic Experts Group \o Read/write |
|
410 |
\row \o JPEG \o Joint Photographic Experts Group \o Read/write |
|
411 |
\row \o PNG \o Portable Network Graphics \o Read/write |
|
412 |
\row \o PBM \o Portable Bitmap \o Read |
|
413 |
\row \o PGM \o Portable Graymap \o Read |
|
414 |
\row \o PPM \o Portable Pixmap \o Read/write |
|
415 |
\row \o TIFF \o Tagged Image File Format \o Read/write |
|
416 |
\row \o XBM \o X11 Bitmap \o Read/write |
|
417 |
\row \o XPM \o X11 Pixmap \o Read/write |
|
418 |
\endtable |
|
419 |
||
420 |
\section1 Image Information |
|
421 |
||
422 |
QImage provides a collection of functions that can be used to |
|
423 |
obtain a variety of information about the image: |
|
424 |
||
425 |
\table |
|
426 |
\header |
|
427 |
\o \o Available Functions |
|
428 |
||
429 |
\row |
|
430 |
\o Geometry |
|
431 |
\o |
|
432 |
||
433 |
The size(), width(), height(), dotsPerMeterX(), and |
|
434 |
dotsPerMeterY() functions provide information about the image size |
|
435 |
and aspect ratio. |
|
436 |
||
437 |
The rect() function returns the image's enclosing rectangle. The |
|
438 |
valid() function tells if a given pair of coordinates is within |
|
439 |
this rectangle. The offset() function returns the number of pixels |
|
440 |
by which the image is intended to be offset by when positioned |
|
441 |
relative to other images, which also can be manipulated using the |
|
442 |
setOffset() function. |
|
443 |
||
444 |
\row |
|
445 |
\o Colors |
|
446 |
\o |
|
447 |
||
448 |
The color of a pixel can be retrieved by passing its coordinates |
|
449 |
to the pixel() function. The pixel() function returns the color |
|
450 |
as a QRgb value indepedent of the image's format. |
|
451 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
452 |
In case of monochrome and 8-bit images, the colorCount() and |
0 | 453 |
colorTable() functions provide information about the color |
454 |
components used to store the image data: The colorTable() function |
|
455 |
returns the image's entire color table. To obtain a single entry, |
|
456 |
use the pixelIndex() function to retrieve the pixel index for a |
|
457 |
given pair of coordinates, then use the color() function to |
|
458 |
retrieve the color. Note that if you create an 8-bit image |
|
459 |
manually, you have to set a valid color table on the image as |
|
460 |
well. |
|
461 |
||
462 |
The hasAlphaChannel() function tells if the image's format |
|
463 |
respects the alpha channel, or not. The allGray() and |
|
464 |
isGrayscale() functions tell whether an image's colors are all |
|
465 |
shades of gray. |
|
466 |
||
467 |
See also the \l {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel Manipulation} |
|
468 |
and \l {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
469 |
sections. |
|
470 |
||
471 |
\row |
|
472 |
\o Text |
|
473 |
\o |
|
474 |
||
475 |
The text() function returns the image text associated with the |
|
476 |
given text key. An image's text keys can be retrieved using the |
|
477 |
textKeys() function. Use the setText() function to alter an |
|
478 |
image's text. |
|
479 |
||
480 |
\row |
|
481 |
\o Low-level information |
|
482 |
\o |
|
483 |
The depth() function returns the depth of the image. The supported |
|
484 |
depths are 1 (monochrome), 8 and 32 (for more information see the |
|
485 |
\l {QImage#Image Formats}{Image Formats} section). |
|
486 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
487 |
The format(), bytesPerLine(), and byteCount() functions provide |
0 | 488 |
low-level information about the data stored in the image. |
489 |
||
490 |
The cacheKey() function returns a number that uniquely |
|
491 |
identifies the contents of this QImage object. |
|
492 |
\endtable |
|
493 |
||
494 |
\section1 Pixel Manipulation |
|
495 |
||
496 |
The functions used to manipulate an image's pixels depend on the |
|
497 |
image format. The reason is that monochrome and 8-bit images are |
|
498 |
index-based and use a color lookup table, while 32-bit images |
|
499 |
store ARGB values directly. For more information on image formats, |
|
500 |
see the \l {Image Formats} section. |
|
501 |
||
502 |
In case of a 32-bit image, the setPixel() function can be used to |
|
503 |
alter the color of the pixel at the given coordinates to any other |
|
504 |
color specified as an ARGB quadruplet. To make a suitable QRgb |
|
505 |
value, use the qRgb() (adding a default alpha component to the |
|
506 |
given RGB values, i.e. creating an opaque color) or qRgba() |
|
507 |
function. For example: |
|
508 |
||
509 |
\table |
|
510 |
\row |
|
511 |
\o \inlineimage qimage-32bit_scaled.png |
|
512 |
\o |
|
513 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_image_qimage.cpp 0 |
|
514 |
\header |
|
515 |
\o {2,1}32-bit |
|
516 |
\endtable |
|
517 |
||
518 |
In case of a 8-bit and monchrome images, the pixel value is only |
|
519 |
an index from the image's color table. So the setPixel() function |
|
520 |
can only be used to alter the color of the pixel at the given |
|
521 |
coordinates to a predefined color from the image's color table, |
|
522 |
i.e. it can only change the pixel's index value. To alter or add a |
|
523 |
color to an image's color table, use the setColor() function. |
|
524 |
||
525 |
An entry in the color table is an ARGB quadruplet encoded as an |
|
526 |
QRgb value. Use the qRgb() and qRgba() functions to make a |
|
527 |
suitable QRgb value for use with the setColor() function. For |
|
528 |
example: |
|
529 |
||
530 |
\table |
|
531 |
\row |
|
532 |
\o \inlineimage qimage-8bit_scaled.png |
|
533 |
\o |
|
534 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_image_qimage.cpp 1 |
|
535 |
\header |
|
536 |
\o {2,1} 8-bit |
|
537 |
\endtable |
|
538 |
||
539 |
QImage also provide the scanLine() function which returns a |
|
540 |
pointer to the pixel data at the scanline with the given index, |
|
541 |
and the bits() function which returns a pointer to the first pixel |
|
542 |
data (this is equivalent to \c scanLine(0)). |
|
543 |
||
544 |
\section1 Image Formats |
|
545 |
||
546 |
Each pixel stored in a QImage is represented by an integer. The |
|
547 |
size of the integer varies depending on the format. QImage |
|
548 |
supports several image formats described by the \l Format |
|
549 |
enum. |
|
550 |
||
551 |
Monochrome images are stored using 1-bit indexes into a color table |
|
552 |
with at most two colors. There are two different types of |
|
553 |
monochrome images: big endian (MSB first) or little endian (LSB |
|
554 |
first) bit order. |
|
555 |
||
556 |
8-bit images are stored using 8-bit indexes into a color table, |
|
557 |
i.e. they have a single byte per pixel. The color table is a |
|
558 |
QVector<QRgb>, and the QRgb typedef is equivalent to an unsigned |
|
559 |
int containing an ARGB quadruplet on the format 0xAARRGGBB. |
|
560 |
||
561 |
32-bit images have no color table; instead, each pixel contains an |
|
562 |
QRgb value. There are three different types of 32-bit images |
|
563 |
storing RGB (i.e. 0xffRRGGBB), ARGB and premultiplied ARGB |
|
564 |
values respectively. In the premultiplied format the red, green, |
|
565 |
and blue channels are multiplied by the alpha component divided by |
|
566 |
255. |
|
567 |
||
568 |
An image's format can be retrieved using the format() |
|
569 |
function. Use the convertToFormat() functions to convert an image |
|
570 |
into another format. The allGray() and isGrayscale() functions |
|
571 |
tell whether a color image can safely be converted to a grayscale |
|
572 |
image. |
|
573 |
||
574 |
\section1 Image Transformations |
|
575 |
||
576 |
QImage supports a number of functions for creating a new image |
|
577 |
that is a transformed version of the original: The |
|
578 |
createAlphaMask() function builds and returns a 1-bpp mask from |
|
579 |
the alpha buffer in this image, and the createHeuristicMask() |
|
580 |
function creates and returns a 1-bpp heuristic mask for this |
|
581 |
image. The latter function works by selecting a color from one of |
|
582 |
the corners, then chipping away pixels of that color starting at |
|
583 |
all the edges. |
|
584 |
||
585 |
The mirrored() function returns a mirror of the image in the |
|
586 |
desired direction, the scaled() returns a copy of the image scaled |
|
587 |
to a rectangle of the desired measures, and the rgbSwapped() function |
|
588 |
constructs a BGR image from a RGB image. |
|
589 |
||
590 |
The scaledToWidth() and scaledToHeight() functions return scaled |
|
591 |
copies of the image. |
|
592 |
||
593 |
The transformed() function returns a copy of the image that is |
|
594 |
transformed with the given transformation matrix and |
|
595 |
transformation mode: Internally, the transformation matrix is |
|
596 |
adjusted to compensate for unwanted translation, |
|
597 |
i.e. transformed() returns the smallest image containing all |
|
598 |
transformed points of the original image. The static trueMatrix() |
|
599 |
function returns the actual matrix used for transforming the |
|
600 |
image. |
|
601 |
||
602 |
There are also functions for changing attributes of an image |
|
603 |
in-place: |
|
604 |
||
605 |
\table |
|
606 |
\header \o Function \o Description |
|
607 |
\row |
|
608 |
\o setDotsPerMeterX() |
|
609 |
\o Defines the aspect ratio by setting the number of pixels that fit |
|
610 |
horizontally in a physical meter. |
|
611 |
\row |
|
612 |
\o setDotsPerMeterY() |
|
613 |
\o Defines the aspect ratio by setting the number of pixels that fit |
|
614 |
vertically in a physical meter. |
|
615 |
\row |
|
616 |
\o fill() |
|
617 |
\o Fills the entire image with the given pixel value. |
|
618 |
\row |
|
619 |
\o invertPixels() |
|
620 |
\o Inverts all pixel values in the image using the given InvertMode value. |
|
621 |
\row |
|
622 |
\o setColorTable() |
|
623 |
\o Sets the color table used to translate color indexes. Only |
|
624 |
monochrome and 8-bit formats. |
|
625 |
\row |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
626 |
\o setColorCount() |
0 | 627 |
\o Resizes the color table. Only monochrome and 8-bit formats. |
628 |
||
629 |
\endtable |
|
630 |
||
631 |
\section1 Legal Information |
|
632 |
||
633 |
For smooth scaling, the transformed() functions use code based on |
|
634 |
smooth scaling algorithm by Daniel M. Duley. |
|
635 |
||
636 |
\legalese |
|
637 |
Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Daniel M. Duley |
|
638 |
||
639 |
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
|
640 |
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions |
|
641 |
are met: |
|
642 |
||
643 |
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright |
|
644 |
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
|
645 |
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
|
646 |
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
|
647 |
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
|
648 |
||
649 |
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR |
|
650 |
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES |
|
651 |
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. |
|
652 |
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, |
|
653 |
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT |
|
654 |
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, |
|
655 |
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY |
|
656 |
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT |
|
657 |
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF |
|
658 |
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
|
659 |
\endlegalese |
|
660 |
||
661 |
\sa QImageReader, QImageWriter, QPixmap, QSvgRenderer, {Image Composition Example}, |
|
662 |
{Image Viewer Example}, {Scribble Example}, {Pixelator Example} |
|
663 |
*/ |
|
664 |
||
665 |
/*! |
|
666 |
\enum QImage::Endian |
|
667 |
\compat |
|
668 |
||
669 |
This enum type is used to describe the endianness of the CPU and |
|
670 |
graphics hardware. It is provided here for compatibility with earlier versions of Qt. |
|
671 |
||
672 |
Use the \l Format enum instead. The \l Format enum specify the |
|
673 |
endianess for monchrome formats, but for other formats the |
|
674 |
endianess is not relevant. |
|
675 |
||
676 |
\value IgnoreEndian Endianness does not matter. Useful for some |
|
677 |
operations that are independent of endianness. |
|
678 |
\value BigEndian Most significant bit first or network byte order, as on SPARC, PowerPC, and Motorola CPUs. |
|
679 |
\value LittleEndian Least significant bit first or little endian byte order, as on Intel x86. |
|
680 |
*/ |
|
681 |
||
682 |
/*! |
|
683 |
\enum QImage::InvertMode |
|
684 |
||
685 |
This enum type is used to describe how pixel values should be |
|
686 |
inverted in the invertPixels() function. |
|
687 |
||
688 |
\value InvertRgb Invert only the RGB values and leave the alpha |
|
689 |
channel unchanged. |
|
690 |
||
691 |
\value InvertRgba Invert all channels, including the alpha channel. |
|
692 |
||
693 |
\sa invertPixels() |
|
694 |
*/ |
|
695 |
||
696 |
/*! |
|
697 |
\enum QImage::Format |
|
698 |
||
4
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
699 |
The following image formats are available in Qt. Values greater |
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
700 |
than QImage::Format_RGB16 were added in Qt 4.4. See the notes |
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
701 |
after the table. |
0 | 702 |
|
703 |
\value Format_Invalid The image is invalid. |
|
704 |
\value Format_Mono The image is stored using 1-bit per pixel. Bytes are |
|
705 |
packed with the most significant bit (MSB) first. |
|
706 |
\value Format_MonoLSB The image is stored using 1-bit per pixel. Bytes are |
|
707 |
packed with the less significant bit (LSB) first. |
|
708 |
||
709 |
\value Format_Indexed8 The image is stored using 8-bit indexes |
|
4
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
710 |
into a colormap. |
0 | 711 |
|
712 |
\value Format_RGB32 The image is stored using a 32-bit RGB format (0xffRRGGBB). |
|
713 |
||
714 |
\value Format_ARGB32 The image is stored using a 32-bit ARGB |
|
4
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
715 |
format (0xAARRGGBB). |
0 | 716 |
|
717 |
\value Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied The image is stored using a premultiplied 32-bit |
|
718 |
ARGB format (0xAARRGGBB), i.e. the red, |
|
719 |
green, and blue channels are multiplied |
|
720 |
by the alpha component divided by 255. (If RR, GG, or BB |
|
721 |
has a higher value than the alpha channel, the results are |
|
722 |
undefined.) Certain operations (such as image composition |
|
723 |
using alpha blending) are faster using premultiplied ARGB32 |
|
724 |
than with plain ARGB32. |
|
725 |
||
726 |
\value Format_RGB16 The image is stored using a 16-bit RGB format (5-6-5). |
|
727 |
||
728 |
\value Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied The image is stored using a |
|
729 |
premultiplied 24-bit ARGB format (8-5-6-5). |
|
730 |
\value Format_RGB666 The image is stored using a 24-bit RGB format (6-6-6). |
|
731 |
The unused most significant bits is always zero. |
|
732 |
\value Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied The image is stored using a |
|
733 |
premultiplied 24-bit ARGB format (6-6-6-6). |
|
734 |
\value Format_RGB555 The image is stored using a 16-bit RGB format (5-5-5). |
|
735 |
The unused most significant bit is always zero. |
|
736 |
\value Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied The image is stored using a |
|
737 |
premultiplied 24-bit ARGB format (8-5-5-5). |
|
738 |
\value Format_RGB888 The image is stored using a 24-bit RGB format (8-8-8). |
|
739 |
\value Format_RGB444 The image is stored using a 16-bit RGB format (4-4-4). |
|
740 |
The unused bits are always zero. |
|
741 |
\value Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied The image is stored using a |
|
742 |
premultiplied 16-bit ARGB format (4-4-4-4). |
|
743 |
||
4
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
744 |
\note Drawing into a QImage with QImage::Format_Indexed8 is not |
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
745 |
supported. |
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
746 |
|
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
747 |
\note Do not render into ARGB32 images using QPainter. Using |
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
748 |
QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied is significantly faster. |
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
749 |
|
0 | 750 |
\sa format(), convertToFormat() |
751 |
*/ |
|
752 |
||
753 |
/***************************************************************************** |
|
754 |
QImage member functions |
|
755 |
*****************************************************************************/ |
|
756 |
||
757 |
// table to flip bits |
|
758 |
static const uchar bitflip[256] = { |
|
759 |
/* |
|
760 |
open OUT, "| fmt"; |
|
761 |
for $i (0..255) { |
|
762 |
print OUT (($i >> 7) & 0x01) | (($i >> 5) & 0x02) | |
|
763 |
(($i >> 3) & 0x04) | (($i >> 1) & 0x08) | |
|
764 |
(($i << 7) & 0x80) | (($i << 5) & 0x40) | |
|
765 |
(($i << 3) & 0x20) | (($i << 1) & 0x10), ", "; |
|
766 |
} |
|
767 |
close OUT; |
|
768 |
*/ |
|
769 |
0, 128, 64, 192, 32, 160, 96, 224, 16, 144, 80, 208, 48, 176, 112, 240, |
|
770 |
8, 136, 72, 200, 40, 168, 104, 232, 24, 152, 88, 216, 56, 184, 120, 248, |
|
771 |
4, 132, 68, 196, 36, 164, 100, 228, 20, 148, 84, 212, 52, 180, 116, 244, |
|
772 |
12, 140, 76, 204, 44, 172, 108, 236, 28, 156, 92, 220, 60, 188, 124, 252, |
|
773 |
2, 130, 66, 194, 34, 162, 98, 226, 18, 146, 82, 210, 50, 178, 114, 242, |
|
774 |
10, 138, 74, 202, 42, 170, 106, 234, 26, 154, 90, 218, 58, 186, 122, 250, |
|
775 |
6, 134, 70, 198, 38, 166, 102, 230, 22, 150, 86, 214, 54, 182, 118, 246, |
|
776 |
14, 142, 78, 206, 46, 174, 110, 238, 30, 158, 94, 222, 62, 190, 126, 254, |
|
777 |
1, 129, 65, 193, 33, 161, 97, 225, 17, 145, 81, 209, 49, 177, 113, 241, |
|
778 |
9, 137, 73, 201, 41, 169, 105, 233, 25, 153, 89, 217, 57, 185, 121, 249, |
|
779 |
5, 133, 69, 197, 37, 165, 101, 229, 21, 149, 85, 213, 53, 181, 117, 245, |
|
780 |
13, 141, 77, 205, 45, 173, 109, 237, 29, 157, 93, 221, 61, 189, 125, 253, |
|
781 |
3, 131, 67, 195, 35, 163, 99, 227, 19, 147, 83, 211, 51, 179, 115, 243, |
|
782 |
11, 139, 75, 203, 43, 171, 107, 235, 27, 155, 91, 219, 59, 187, 123, 251, |
|
783 |
7, 135, 71, 199, 39, 167, 103, 231, 23, 151, 87, 215, 55, 183, 119, 247, |
|
784 |
15, 143, 79, 207, 47, 175, 111, 239, 31, 159, 95, 223, 63, 191, 127, 255 |
|
785 |
}; |
|
786 |
||
787 |
const uchar *qt_get_bitflip_array() // called from QPixmap code |
|
788 |
{ |
|
789 |
return bitflip; |
|
790 |
} |
|
791 |
||
792 |
#if defined(QT3_SUPPORT) |
|
793 |
static QImage::Format formatFor(int depth, QImage::Endian bitOrder) |
|
794 |
{ |
|
795 |
QImage::Format format; |
|
796 |
if (depth == 1) { |
|
797 |
format = bitOrder == QImage::BigEndian ? QImage::Format_Mono : QImage::Format_MonoLSB; |
|
798 |
} else if (depth == 8) { |
|
799 |
format = QImage::Format_Indexed8; |
|
800 |
} else if (depth == 32) { |
|
801 |
format = QImage::Format_RGB32; |
|
802 |
} else if (depth == 24) { |
|
803 |
format = QImage::Format_RGB888; |
|
804 |
} else if (depth == 16) { |
|
805 |
format = QImage::Format_RGB16; |
|
806 |
} else { |
|
807 |
qWarning("QImage: Depth %d not supported", depth); |
|
808 |
format = QImage::Format_Invalid; |
|
809 |
} |
|
810 |
return format; |
|
811 |
} |
|
812 |
#endif |
|
813 |
||
814 |
/*! |
|
815 |
Constructs a null image. |
|
816 |
||
817 |
\sa isNull() |
|
818 |
*/ |
|
819 |
||
820 |
QImage::QImage() |
|
821 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
822 |
{ |
|
823 |
d = 0; |
|
824 |
} |
|
825 |
||
826 |
/*! |
|
827 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height and \a |
|
828 |
format. |
|
829 |
||
830 |
\warning This will create a QImage with uninitialized data. Call |
|
831 |
fill() to fill the image with an appropriate pixel value before |
|
832 |
drawing onto it with QPainter. |
|
833 |
*/ |
|
834 |
QImage::QImage(int width, int height, Format format) |
|
835 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
836 |
{ |
|
837 |
d = QImageData::create(QSize(width, height), format, 0); |
|
838 |
} |
|
839 |
||
840 |
/*! |
|
841 |
Constructs an image with the given \a size and \a format. |
|
842 |
||
843 |
\warning This will create a QImage with uninitialized data. Call |
|
844 |
fill() to fill the image with an appropriate pixel value before |
|
845 |
drawing onto it with QPainter. |
|
846 |
*/ |
|
847 |
QImage::QImage(const QSize &size, Format format) |
|
848 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
849 |
{ |
|
850 |
d = QImageData::create(size, format, 0); |
|
851 |
} |
|
852 |
||
853 |
||
854 |
||
855 |
QImageData *QImageData::create(uchar *data, int width, int height, int bpl, QImage::Format format, bool readOnly) |
|
856 |
{ |
|
857 |
QImageData *d = 0; |
|
858 |
||
859 |
if (format == QImage::Format_Invalid) |
|
860 |
return d; |
|
861 |
||
862 |
if (!checkPixelSize(format)) { |
|
863 |
qWarning("QImageData::create(): Invalid pixel size for format %i", |
|
864 |
format); |
|
865 |
return 0; |
|
866 |
} |
|
867 |
||
868 |
const int depth = depthForFormat(format); |
|
869 |
const int calc_bytes_per_line = ((width * depth + 31)/32) * 4; |
|
870 |
const int min_bytes_per_line = (width * depth + 7)/8; |
|
871 |
||
872 |
if (bpl <= 0) |
|
873 |
bpl = calc_bytes_per_line; |
|
874 |
||
875 |
if (width <= 0 || height <= 0 || !data |
|
876 |
|| INT_MAX/sizeof(uchar *) < uint(height) |
|
877 |
|| INT_MAX/uint(depth) < uint(width) |
|
878 |
|| bpl <= 0 |
|
879 |
|| height <= 0 |
|
880 |
|| bpl < min_bytes_per_line |
|
881 |
|| INT_MAX/uint(bpl) < uint(height)) |
|
882 |
return d; // invalid parameter(s) |
|
883 |
||
884 |
d = new QImageData; |
|
885 |
d->ref.ref(); |
|
886 |
||
887 |
d->own_data = false; |
|
888 |
d->ro_data = readOnly; |
|
889 |
d->data = data; |
|
890 |
d->width = width; |
|
891 |
d->height = height; |
|
892 |
d->depth = depth; |
|
893 |
d->format = format; |
|
894 |
||
895 |
d->bytes_per_line = bpl; |
|
896 |
d->nbytes = d->bytes_per_line * height; |
|
897 |
||
898 |
return d; |
|
899 |
} |
|
900 |
||
901 |
/*! |
|
902 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height and \a |
|
903 |
format, that uses an existing memory buffer, \a data. The \a width |
|
904 |
and \a height must be specified in pixels, \a data must be 32-bit aligned, |
|
905 |
and each scanline of data in the image must also be 32-bit aligned. |
|
906 |
||
907 |
The buffer must remain valid throughout the life of the |
|
908 |
QImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction. |
|
909 |
||
910 |
If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is |
|
911 |
initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
912 |
setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used. |
0 | 913 |
*/ |
914 |
QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int width, int height, Format format) |
|
915 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
916 |
{ |
|
917 |
d = QImageData::create(data, width, height, 0, format, false); |
|
918 |
} |
|
919 |
||
920 |
/*! |
|
921 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height and \a |
|
922 |
format, that uses an existing read-only memory buffer, \a |
|
923 |
data. The \a width and \a height must be specified in pixels, \a |
|
924 |
data must be 32-bit aligned, and each scanline of data in the |
|
925 |
image must also be 32-bit aligned. |
|
926 |
||
927 |
The buffer must remain valid throughout the life of the QImage and |
|
928 |
all copies that have not been modified or otherwise detached from |
|
929 |
the original buffer. The image does not delete the buffer at |
|
930 |
destruction. |
|
931 |
||
932 |
If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is |
|
933 |
initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
934 |
setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used. |
0 | 935 |
|
936 |
Unlike the similar QImage constructor that takes a non-const data buffer, |
|
937 |
this version will never alter the contents of the buffer. For example, |
|
938 |
calling QImage::bits() will return a deep copy of the image, rather than |
|
939 |
the buffer passed to the constructor. This allows for the efficiency of |
|
940 |
constructing a QImage from raw data, without the possibility of the raw |
|
941 |
data being changed. |
|
942 |
*/ |
|
943 |
QImage::QImage(const uchar* data, int width, int height, Format format) |
|
944 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
945 |
{ |
|
946 |
d = QImageData::create(const_cast<uchar*>(data), width, height, 0, format, true); |
|
947 |
} |
|
948 |
||
949 |
/*! |
|
950 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height and \a |
|
951 |
format, that uses an existing memory buffer, \a data. The \a width |
|
952 |
and \a height must be specified in pixels. \a bytesPerLine |
|
953 |
specifies the number of bytes per line (stride). |
|
954 |
||
955 |
The buffer must remain valid throughout the life of the |
|
956 |
QImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction. |
|
957 |
||
958 |
If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is |
|
959 |
initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
960 |
setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used. |
0 | 961 |
*/ |
962 |
QImage::QImage(uchar *data, int width, int height, int bytesPerLine, Format format) |
|
963 |
:QPaintDevice() |
|
964 |
{ |
|
965 |
d = QImageData::create(data, width, height, bytesPerLine, format, false); |
|
966 |
} |
|
967 |
||
968 |
||
969 |
/*! |
|
970 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height and \a |
|
971 |
format, that uses an existing memory buffer, \a data. The \a width |
|
972 |
and \a height must be specified in pixels. \a bytesPerLine |
|
973 |
specifies the number of bytes per line (stride). |
|
974 |
||
975 |
The buffer must remain valid throughout the life of the |
|
976 |
QImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction. |
|
977 |
||
978 |
If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is |
|
979 |
initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
980 |
setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used. |
0 | 981 |
|
982 |
Unlike the similar QImage constructor that takes a non-const data buffer, |
|
983 |
this version will never alter the contents of the buffer. For example, |
|
984 |
calling QImage::bits() will return a deep copy of the image, rather than |
|
985 |
the buffer passed to the constructor. This allows for the efficiency of |
|
986 |
constructing a QImage from raw data, without the possibility of the raw |
|
987 |
data being changed. |
|
988 |
*/ |
|
989 |
||
990 |
QImage::QImage(const uchar *data, int width, int height, int bytesPerLine, Format format) |
|
991 |
:QPaintDevice() |
|
992 |
{ |
|
993 |
d = QImageData::create(const_cast<uchar*>(data), width, height, bytesPerLine, format, true); |
|
994 |
} |
|
995 |
||
996 |
/*! |
|
997 |
Constructs an image and tries to load the image from the file with |
|
998 |
the given \a fileName. |
|
999 |
||
1000 |
The loader attempts to read the image using the specified \a |
|
1001 |
format. If the \a format is not specified (which is the default), |
|
1002 |
the loader probes the file for a header to guess the file format. |
|
1003 |
||
1004 |
If the loading of the image failed, this object is a null image. |
|
1005 |
||
1006 |
The file name can either refer to an actual file on disk or to one |
|
1007 |
of the application's embedded resources. See the |
|
1008 |
\l{resources.html}{Resource System} overview for details on how to |
|
1009 |
embed images and other resource files in the application's |
|
1010 |
executable. |
|
1011 |
||
1012 |
\sa isNull(), {QImage#Reading and Writing Image Files}{Reading and Writing Image Files} |
|
1013 |
*/ |
|
1014 |
||
1015 |
QImage::QImage(const QString &fileName, const char *format) |
|
1016 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
1017 |
{ |
|
1018 |
d = 0; |
|
1019 |
load(fileName, format); |
|
1020 |
} |
|
1021 |
||
1022 |
/*! |
|
1023 |
Constructs an image and tries to load the image from the file with |
|
1024 |
the given \a fileName. |
|
1025 |
||
1026 |
The loader attempts to read the image using the specified \a |
|
1027 |
format. If the \a format is not specified (which is the default), |
|
1028 |
the loader probes the file for a header to guess the file format. |
|
1029 |
||
1030 |
If the loading of the image failed, this object is a null image. |
|
1031 |
||
1032 |
The file name can either refer to an actual file on disk or to one |
|
1033 |
of the application's embedded resources. See the |
|
1034 |
\l{resources.html}{Resource System} overview for details on how to |
|
1035 |
embed images and other resource files in the application's |
|
1036 |
executable. |
|
1037 |
||
1038 |
You can disable this constructor by defining \c |
|
1039 |
QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This can |
|
1040 |
be useful, for example, if you want to ensure that all |
|
1041 |
user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(). |
|
1042 |
||
1043 |
\sa QString::fromAscii(), isNull(), {QImage#Reading and Writing |
|
1044 |
Image Files}{Reading and Writing Image Files} |
|
1045 |
*/ |
|
1046 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
1047 |
QImage::QImage(const char *fileName, const char *format) |
|
1048 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
1049 |
{ |
|
1050 |
// ### Qt 5: if you remove the QImage(const QByteArray &) QT3_SUPPORT |
|
1051 |
// constructor, remove this constructor as well. The constructor here |
|
1052 |
// exists so that QImage("foo.png") compiles without ambiguity. |
|
1053 |
d = 0; |
|
1054 |
load(QString::fromAscii(fileName), format); |
|
1055 |
} |
|
1056 |
#endif |
|
1057 |
||
1058 |
#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGEFORMAT_XPM |
|
1059 |
extern bool qt_read_xpm_image_or_array(QIODevice *device, const char * const *source, QImage &image); |
|
1060 |
||
1061 |
/*! |
|
1062 |
Constructs an image from the given \a xpm image. |
|
1063 |
||
1064 |
Make sure that the image is a valid XPM image. Errors are silently |
|
1065 |
ignored. |
|
1066 |
||
1067 |
Note that it's possible to squeeze the XPM variable a little bit |
|
1068 |
by using an unusual declaration: |
|
1069 |
||
1070 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_image_qimage.cpp 2 |
|
1071 |
||
1072 |
The extra \c const makes the entire definition read-only, which is |
|
1073 |
slightly more efficient (e.g., when the code is in a shared |
|
1074 |
library) and able to be stored in ROM with the application. |
|
1075 |
*/ |
|
1076 |
||
1077 |
QImage::QImage(const char * const xpm[]) |
|
1078 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
1079 |
{ |
|
1080 |
d = 0; |
|
1081 |
if (!xpm) |
|
1082 |
return; |
|
1083 |
if (!qt_read_xpm_image_or_array(0, xpm, *this)) |
|
1084 |
// Issue: Warning because the constructor may be ambigious |
|
1085 |
qWarning("QImage::QImage(), XPM is not supported"); |
|
1086 |
} |
|
1087 |
#endif // QT_NO_IMAGEFORMAT_XPM |
|
1088 |
||
1089 |
/*! |
|
1090 |
\fn QImage::QImage(const QByteArray &data) |
|
1091 |
||
1092 |
Use the static fromData() function instead. |
|
1093 |
||
1094 |
\oldcode |
|
1095 |
QByteArray data; |
|
1096 |
... |
|
1097 |
QImage image(data); |
|
1098 |
\newcode |
|
1099 |
QByteArray data; |
|
1100 |
... |
|
1101 |
QImage image = QImage::fromData(data); |
|
1102 |
\endcode |
|
1103 |
*/ |
|
1104 |
||
1105 |
||
1106 |
/*! |
|
1107 |
Constructs a shallow copy of the given \a image. |
|
1108 |
||
1109 |
For more information about shallow copies, see the \l {Implicit |
|
1110 |
Data Sharing} documentation. |
|
1111 |
||
1112 |
\sa copy() |
|
1113 |
*/ |
|
1114 |
||
1115 |
QImage::QImage(const QImage &image) |
|
1116 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
1117 |
{ |
|
1118 |
d = image.d; |
|
1119 |
if (d) |
|
1120 |
d->ref.ref(); |
|
1121 |
} |
|
1122 |
||
1123 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
1124 |
/*! |
|
1125 |
\fn QImage::QImage(int width, int height, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
1126 |
||
1127 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height, \a depth, |
|
1128 |
\a numColors colors and \a bitOrder. |
|
1129 |
||
1130 |
Use the constructor that accepts a width, a height and a format |
|
1131 |
(i.e. specifying the depth and bit order), in combination with the |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1132 |
setColorCount() function, instead. |
0 | 1133 |
|
1134 |
\oldcode |
|
1135 |
QImage image(width, height, depth, numColors); |
|
1136 |
\newcode |
|
1137 |
QImage image(width, height, format); |
|
1138 |
||
1139 |
// For 8 bit images the default number of colors is 256. If |
|
1140 |
// another number of colors is required it can be specified |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1141 |
// using the setColorCount() function. |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
image.setColorCount(numColors); |
0 | 1143 |
\endcode |
1144 |
*/ |
|
1145 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
QImage::QImage(int w, int h, int depth, int colorCount, Endian bitOrder) |
0 | 1147 |
: QPaintDevice() |
1148 |
{ |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
d = QImageData::create(QSize(w, h), formatFor(depth, bitOrder), colorCount); |
0 | 1150 |
} |
1151 |
||
1152 |
/*! |
|
1153 |
Constructs an image with the given \a size, \a depth, \a numColors |
|
1154 |
and \a bitOrder. |
|
1155 |
||
1156 |
Use the constructor that accepts a size and a format |
|
1157 |
(i.e. specifying the depth and bit order), in combination with the |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
setColorCount() function, instead. |
0 | 1159 |
|
1160 |
\oldcode |
|
1161 |
QSize mySize(width, height); |
|
1162 |
QImage image(mySize, depth, numColors); |
|
1163 |
\newcode |
|
1164 |
QSize mySize(width, height); |
|
1165 |
QImage image(mySize, format); |
|
1166 |
||
1167 |
// For 8 bit images the default number of colors is 256. If |
|
1168 |
// another number of colors is required it can be specified |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1169 |
// using the setColorCount() function. |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1170 |
image.setColorCount(numColors); |
0 | 1171 |
\endcode |
1172 |
*/ |
|
1173 |
QImage::QImage(const QSize& size, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
1174 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
1175 |
{ |
|
1176 |
d = QImageData::create(size, formatFor(depth, bitOrder), numColors); |
|
1177 |
} |
|
1178 |
||
1179 |
/*! |
|
1180 |
\fn QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int width, int height, int depth, const QRgb* colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
1181 |
||
1182 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height, depth, \a |
|
1183 |
colortable, \a numColors and \a bitOrder, that uses an existing |
|
1184 |
memory buffer, \a data. |
|
1185 |
||
1186 |
Use the constructor that accepts a uchar pointer, a width, a |
|
1187 |
height and a format (i.e. specifying the depth and bit order), in |
|
1188 |
combination with the setColorTable() function, instead. |
|
1189 |
||
1190 |
\oldcode |
|
1191 |
uchar *myData; |
|
1192 |
QRgb *myColorTable; |
|
1193 |
||
1194 |
QImage image(myData, width, height, depth, |
|
1195 |
myColorTable, numColors, IgnoreEndian); |
|
1196 |
\newcode |
|
1197 |
uchar *myData; |
|
1198 |
QVector<QRgb> myColorTable; |
|
1199 |
||
1200 |
QImage image(myData, width, height, format); |
|
1201 |
image.setColorTable(myColorTable); |
|
1202 |
\endcode |
|
1203 |
*/ |
|
1204 |
QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int w, int h, int depth, const QRgb* colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
1205 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
1206 |
{ |
|
1207 |
d = 0; |
|
1208 |
Format f = formatFor(depth, bitOrder); |
|
1209 |
if (f == Format_Invalid) |
|
1210 |
return; |
|
1211 |
||
1212 |
const int bytes_per_line = ((w*depth+31)/32)*4; // bytes per scanline |
|
1213 |
if (w <= 0 || h <= 0 || numColors < 0 || !data |
|
1214 |
|| INT_MAX/sizeof(uchar *) < uint(h) |
|
1215 |
|| INT_MAX/uint(depth) < uint(w) |
|
1216 |
|| bytes_per_line <= 0 |
|
1217 |
|| INT_MAX/uint(bytes_per_line) < uint(h)) |
|
1218 |
return; // invalid parameter(s) |
|
1219 |
d = new QImageData; |
|
1220 |
d->ref.ref(); |
|
1221 |
||
1222 |
d->own_data = false; |
|
1223 |
d->data = data; |
|
1224 |
d->width = w; |
|
1225 |
d->height = h; |
|
1226 |
d->depth = depth; |
|
1227 |
d->format = f; |
|
1228 |
if (depth == 32) |
|
1229 |
numColors = 0; |
|
1230 |
||
1231 |
d->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line; |
|
1232 |
d->nbytes = d->bytes_per_line * h; |
|
1233 |
if (colortable) { |
|
1234 |
d->colortable.resize(numColors); |
|
1235 |
for (int i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) |
|
1236 |
d->colortable[i] = colortable[i]; |
|
1237 |
} else if (numColors) { |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1238 |
setColorCount(numColors); |
0 | 1239 |
} |
1240 |
} |
|
1241 |
||
1242 |
#ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
|
1243 |
||
1244 |
/*! |
|
1245 |
\fn QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int width, int height, int depth, int bytesPerLine, const QRgb* colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
1246 |
||
1247 |
Constructs an image with the given \a width, \a height, \a depth, |
|
1248 |
\a bytesPerLine, \a colortable, \a numColors and \a bitOrder, that |
|
1249 |
uses an existing memory buffer, \a data. The image does not delete |
|
1250 |
the buffer at destruction. |
|
1251 |
||
1252 |
\warning This constructor is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux. |
|
1253 |
||
1254 |
The data has to be 32-bit aligned, and each scanline of data in the image |
|
1255 |
must also be 32-bit aligned, so it's no longer possible to specify a custom |
|
1256 |
\a bytesPerLine value. |
|
1257 |
*/ |
|
1258 |
QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int w, int h, int depth, int bpl, const QRgb* colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
1259 |
: QPaintDevice() |
|
1260 |
{ |
|
1261 |
d = 0; |
|
1262 |
Format f = formatFor(depth, bitOrder); |
|
1263 |
if (f == Format_Invalid) |
|
1264 |
return; |
|
1265 |
if (!data || w <= 0 || h <= 0 || depth <= 0 || numColors < 0 |
|
1266 |
|| INT_MAX/sizeof(uchar *) < uint(h) |
|
1267 |
|| INT_MAX/uint(depth) < uint(w) |
|
1268 |
|| bpl <= 0 |
|
1269 |
|| INT_MAX/uint(bpl) < uint(h)) |
|
1270 |
return; // invalid parameter(s) |
|
1271 |
||
1272 |
d = new QImageData; |
|
1273 |
d->ref.ref(); |
|
1274 |
d->own_data = false; |
|
1275 |
d->data = data; |
|
1276 |
d->width = w; |
|
1277 |
d->height = h; |
|
1278 |
d->depth = depth; |
|
1279 |
d->format = f; |
|
1280 |
if (depth == 32) |
|
1281 |
numColors = 0; |
|
1282 |
d->bytes_per_line = bpl; |
|
1283 |
d->nbytes = d->bytes_per_line * h; |
|
1284 |
if (colortable) { |
|
1285 |
d->colortable.resize(numColors); |
|
1286 |
for (int i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) |
|
1287 |
d->colortable[i] = colortable[i]; |
|
1288 |
} else if (numColors) { |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
setColorCount(numColors); |
0 | 1290 |
} |
1291 |
} |
|
1292 |
#endif // Q_WS_QWS |
|
1293 |
#endif // QT3_SUPPORT |
|
1294 |
||
1295 |
/*! |
|
1296 |
Destroys the image and cleans up. |
|
1297 |
*/ |
|
1298 |
||
1299 |
QImage::~QImage() |
|
1300 |
{ |
|
1301 |
if (d && !d->ref.deref()) |
|
1302 |
delete d; |
|
1303 |
} |
|
1304 |
||
1305 |
/*! |
|
1306 |
Assigns a shallow copy of the given \a image to this image and |
|
1307 |
returns a reference to this image. |
|
1308 |
||
1309 |
For more information about shallow copies, see the \l {Implicit |
|
1310 |
Data Sharing} documentation. |
|
1311 |
||
1312 |
\sa copy(), QImage() |
|
1313 |
*/ |
|
1314 |
||
1315 |
QImage &QImage::operator=(const QImage &image) |
|
1316 |
{ |
|
1317 |
if (image.d) |
|
1318 |
image.d->ref.ref(); |
|
1319 |
if (d && !d->ref.deref()) |
|
1320 |
delete d; |
|
1321 |
d = image.d; |
|
1322 |
return *this; |
|
1323 |
} |
|
1324 |
||
1325 |
/*! |
|
1326 |
\internal |
|
1327 |
*/ |
|
1328 |
int QImage::devType() const |
|
1329 |
{ |
|
1330 |
return QInternal::Image; |
|
1331 |
} |
|
1332 |
||
1333 |
/*! |
|
1334 |
Returns the image as a QVariant. |
|
1335 |
*/ |
|
1336 |
QImage::operator QVariant() const |
|
1337 |
{ |
|
1338 |
return QVariant(QVariant::Image, this); |
|
1339 |
} |
|
1340 |
||
1341 |
/*! |
|
1342 |
\internal |
|
1343 |
||
1344 |
If multiple images share common data, this image makes a copy of |
|
1345 |
the data and detaches itself from the sharing mechanism, making |
|
1346 |
sure that this image is the only one referring to the data. |
|
1347 |
||
1348 |
Nothing is done if there is just a single reference. |
|
1349 |
||
1350 |
\sa copy(), isDetached(), {Implicit Data Sharing} |
|
1351 |
*/ |
|
1352 |
void QImage::detach() |
|
1353 |
{ |
|
1354 |
if (d) { |
|
1355 |
if (d->is_cached && d->ref == 1) |
|
1356 |
QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executeImageHooks(cacheKey()); |
|
1357 |
||
1358 |
if (d->ref != 1 || d->ro_data) |
|
1359 |
*this = copy(); |
|
1360 |
||
1361 |
if (d) |
|
1362 |
++d->detach_no; |
|
1363 |
} |
|
1364 |
} |
|
1365 |
||
1366 |
||
1367 |
/*! |
|
1368 |
\fn QImage QImage::copy(int x, int y, int width, int height) const |
|
1369 |
\overload |
|
1370 |
||
1371 |
The returned image is copied from the position (\a x, \a y) in |
|
1372 |
this image, and will always have the given \a width and \a height. |
|
1373 |
In areas beyond this image, pixels are set to 0. |
|
1374 |
||
1375 |
*/ |
|
1376 |
||
1377 |
/*! |
|
1378 |
\fn QImage QImage::copy(const QRect& rectangle) const |
|
1379 |
||
1380 |
Returns a sub-area of the image as a new image. |
|
1381 |
||
1382 |
The returned image is copied from the position (\a |
|
1383 |
{rectangle}.x(), \a{rectangle}.y()) in this image, and will always |
|
1384 |
have the size of the given \a rectangle. |
|
1385 |
||
1386 |
In areas beyond this image, pixels are set to 0. For 32-bit RGB |
|
1387 |
images, this means black; for 32-bit ARGB images, this means |
|
1388 |
transparent black; for 8-bit images, this means the color with |
|
1389 |
index 0 in the color table which can be anything; for 1-bit |
|
1390 |
images, this means Qt::color0. |
|
1391 |
||
1392 |
If the given \a rectangle is a null rectangle the entire image is |
|
1393 |
copied. |
|
1394 |
||
1395 |
\sa QImage() |
|
1396 |
*/ |
|
1397 |
QImage QImage::copy(const QRect& r) const |
|
1398 |
{ |
|
1399 |
if (!d) |
|
1400 |
return QImage(); |
|
1401 |
||
1402 |
if (r.isNull()) { |
|
1403 |
QImage image(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
1404 |
if (image.isNull()) |
|
1405 |
return image; |
|
1406 |
||
1407 |
// Qt for Embedded Linux can create images with non-default bpl |
|
1408 |
// make sure we don't crash. |
|
1409 |
if (image.d->nbytes != d->nbytes) { |
|
1410 |
int bpl = image.bytesPerLine(); |
|
1411 |
for (int i = 0; i < height(); i++) |
|
1412 |
memcpy(image.scanLine(i), scanLine(i), bpl); |
|
1413 |
} else |
|
1414 |
memcpy(image.bits(), bits(), d->nbytes); |
|
1415 |
image.d->colortable = d->colortable; |
|
1416 |
image.d->dpmx = d->dpmx; |
|
1417 |
image.d->dpmy = d->dpmy; |
|
1418 |
image.d->offset = d->offset; |
|
1419 |
image.d->has_alpha_clut = d->has_alpha_clut; |
|
1420 |
#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT |
|
1421 |
image.d->text = d->text; |
|
1422 |
#endif |
|
1423 |
return image; |
|
1424 |
} |
|
1425 |
||
1426 |
int x = r.x(); |
|
1427 |
int y = r.y(); |
|
1428 |
int w = r.width(); |
|
1429 |
int h = r.height(); |
|
1430 |
||
1431 |
int dx = 0; |
|
1432 |
int dy = 0; |
|
1433 |
if (w <= 0 || h <= 0) |
|
1434 |
return QImage(); |
|
1435 |
||
1436 |
QImage image(w, h, d->format); |
|
1437 |
if (image.isNull()) |
|
1438 |
return image; |
|
1439 |
||
1440 |
if (x < 0 || y < 0 || x + w > d->width || y + h > d->height) { |
|
1441 |
// bitBlt will not cover entire image - clear it. |
|
1442 |
image.fill(0); |
|
1443 |
if (x < 0) { |
|
1444 |
dx = -x; |
|
1445 |
x = 0; |
|
1446 |
} |
|
1447 |
if (y < 0) { |
|
1448 |
dy = -y; |
|
1449 |
y = 0; |
|
1450 |
} |
|
1451 |
} |
|
1452 |
||
1453 |
image.d->colortable = d->colortable; |
|
1454 |
||
1455 |
int pixels_to_copy = qMax(w - dx, 0); |
|
1456 |
if (x > d->width) |
|
1457 |
pixels_to_copy = 0; |
|
1458 |
else if (pixels_to_copy > d->width - x) |
|
1459 |
pixels_to_copy = d->width - x; |
|
1460 |
int lines_to_copy = qMax(h - dy, 0); |
|
1461 |
if (y > d->height) |
|
1462 |
lines_to_copy = 0; |
|
1463 |
else if (lines_to_copy > d->height - y) |
|
1464 |
lines_to_copy = d->height - y; |
|
1465 |
||
1466 |
bool byteAligned = true; |
|
1467 |
if (d->format == Format_Mono || d->format == Format_MonoLSB) |
|
1468 |
byteAligned = !(dx & 7) && !(x & 7) && !(pixels_to_copy & 7); |
|
1469 |
||
1470 |
if (byteAligned) { |
|
1471 |
const uchar *src = d->data + ((x * d->depth) >> 3) + y * d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1472 |
uchar *dest = image.d->data + ((dx * d->depth) >> 3) + dy * image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1473 |
const int bytes_to_copy = (pixels_to_copy * d->depth) >> 3; |
|
1474 |
for (int i = 0; i < lines_to_copy; ++i) { |
|
1475 |
memcpy(dest, src, bytes_to_copy); |
|
1476 |
src += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1477 |
dest += image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1478 |
} |
|
1479 |
} else if (d->format == Format_Mono) { |
|
1480 |
const uchar *src = d->data + y * d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1481 |
uchar *dest = image.d->data + dy * image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1482 |
for (int i = 0; i < lines_to_copy; ++i) { |
|
1483 |
for (int j = 0; j < pixels_to_copy; ++j) { |
|
1484 |
if (src[(x + j) >> 3] & (0x80 >> ((x + j) & 7))) |
|
1485 |
dest[(dx + j) >> 3] |= (0x80 >> ((dx + j) & 7)); |
|
1486 |
else |
|
1487 |
dest[(dx + j) >> 3] &= ~(0x80 >> ((dx + j) & 7)); |
|
1488 |
} |
|
1489 |
src += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1490 |
dest += image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1491 |
} |
|
1492 |
} else { // Format_MonoLSB |
|
1493 |
Q_ASSERT(d->format == Format_MonoLSB); |
|
1494 |
const uchar *src = d->data + y * d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1495 |
uchar *dest = image.d->data + dy * image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1496 |
for (int i = 0; i < lines_to_copy; ++i) { |
|
1497 |
for (int j = 0; j < pixels_to_copy; ++j) { |
|
1498 |
if (src[(x + j) >> 3] & (0x1 << ((x + j) & 7))) |
|
1499 |
dest[(dx + j) >> 3] |= (0x1 << ((dx + j) & 7)); |
|
1500 |
else |
|
1501 |
dest[(dx + j) >> 3] &= ~(0x1 << ((dx + j) & 7)); |
|
1502 |
} |
|
1503 |
src += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1504 |
dest += image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1505 |
} |
|
1506 |
} |
|
1507 |
||
1508 |
image.d->dpmx = dotsPerMeterX(); |
|
1509 |
image.d->dpmy = dotsPerMeterY(); |
|
1510 |
image.d->offset = offset(); |
|
1511 |
image.d->has_alpha_clut = d->has_alpha_clut; |
|
1512 |
#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT |
|
1513 |
image.d->text = d->text; |
|
1514 |
#endif |
|
1515 |
return image; |
|
1516 |
} |
|
1517 |
||
1518 |
||
1519 |
/*! |
|
1520 |
\fn bool QImage::isNull() const |
|
1521 |
||
1522 |
Returns true if it is a null image, otherwise returns false. |
|
1523 |
||
1524 |
A null image has all parameters set to zero and no allocated data. |
|
1525 |
*/ |
|
1526 |
bool QImage::isNull() const |
|
1527 |
{ |
|
1528 |
return !d; |
|
1529 |
} |
|
1530 |
||
1531 |
/*! |
|
1532 |
\fn int QImage::width() const |
|
1533 |
||
1534 |
Returns the width of the image. |
|
1535 |
||
1536 |
\sa {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
1537 |
*/ |
|
1538 |
int QImage::width() const |
|
1539 |
{ |
|
1540 |
return d ? d->width : 0; |
|
1541 |
} |
|
1542 |
||
1543 |
/*! |
|
1544 |
\fn int QImage::height() const |
|
1545 |
||
1546 |
Returns the height of the image. |
|
1547 |
||
1548 |
\sa {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
1549 |
*/ |
|
1550 |
int QImage::height() const |
|
1551 |
{ |
|
1552 |
return d ? d->height : 0; |
|
1553 |
} |
|
1554 |
||
1555 |
/*! |
|
1556 |
\fn QSize QImage::size() const |
|
1557 |
||
1558 |
Returns the size of the image, i.e. its width() and height(). |
|
1559 |
||
1560 |
\sa {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
1561 |
*/ |
|
1562 |
QSize QImage::size() const |
|
1563 |
{ |
|
1564 |
return d ? QSize(d->width, d->height) : QSize(0, 0); |
|
1565 |
} |
|
1566 |
||
1567 |
/*! |
|
1568 |
\fn QRect QImage::rect() const |
|
1569 |
||
1570 |
Returns the enclosing rectangle (0, 0, width(), height()) of the |
|
1571 |
image. |
|
1572 |
||
1573 |
\sa {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
1574 |
*/ |
|
1575 |
QRect QImage::rect() const |
|
1576 |
{ |
|
1577 |
return d ? QRect(0, 0, d->width, d->height) : QRect(); |
|
1578 |
} |
|
1579 |
||
1580 |
/*! |
|
1581 |
Returns the depth of the image. |
|
1582 |
||
1583 |
The image depth is the number of bits used to encode a single |
|
1584 |
pixel, also called bits per pixel (bpp). |
|
1585 |
||
1586 |
The supported depths are 1, 8, 16, 24 and 32. |
|
1587 |
||
1588 |
\sa convertToFormat(), {QImage#Image Formats}{Image Formats}, |
|
1589 |
{QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
1590 |
||
1591 |
*/ |
|
1592 |
int QImage::depth() const |
|
1593 |
{ |
|
1594 |
return d ? d->depth : 0; |
|
1595 |
} |
|
1596 |
||
1597 |
/*! |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
\obsolete |
0 | 1599 |
\fn int QImage::numColors() const |
1600 |
||
1601 |
Returns the size of the color table for the image. |
|
1602 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
\sa setColorCount() |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
*/ |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1605 |
int QImage::numColors() const |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1606 |
{ |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1607 |
return d ? d->colortable.size() : 0; |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
} |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
/*! |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
\since 4.6 |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1612 |
\fn int QImage::colorCount() const |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
Returns the size of the color table for the image. |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1615 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
Notice that colorCount() returns 0 for 32-bpp images because these |
0 | 1617 |
images do not use color tables, but instead encode pixel values as |
1618 |
ARGB quadruplets. |
|
1619 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1620 |
\sa setColorCount(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
0 | 1621 |
*/ |
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1622 |
int QImage::colorCount() const |
0 | 1623 |
{ |
1624 |
return d ? d->colortable.size() : 0; |
|
1625 |
} |
|
1626 |
||
1627 |
||
1628 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
1629 |
/*! |
|
1630 |
\fn QImage::Endian QImage::bitOrder() const |
|
1631 |
||
1632 |
Returns the bit order for the image. If it is a 1-bpp image, this |
|
1633 |
function returns either QImage::BigEndian or |
|
1634 |
QImage::LittleEndian. Otherwise, this function returns |
|
1635 |
QImage::IgnoreEndian. |
|
1636 |
||
1637 |
Use the format() function instead for the monochrome formats. For |
|
1638 |
non-monochrome formats the bit order is irrelevant. |
|
1639 |
*/ |
|
1640 |
||
1641 |
/*! |
|
1642 |
Returns a pointer to the scanline pointer table. This is the |
|
1643 |
beginning of the data block for the image. |
|
1644 |
Returns 0 in case of an error. |
|
1645 |
||
1646 |
Use the bits() or scanLine() function instead. |
|
1647 |
*/ |
|
1648 |
uchar **QImage::jumpTable() |
|
1649 |
{ |
|
1650 |
if (!d) |
|
1651 |
return 0; |
|
1652 |
detach(); |
|
1653 |
||
1654 |
// in case detach() ran out of memory.. |
|
1655 |
if (!d) |
|
1656 |
return 0; |
|
1657 |
||
1658 |
if (!d->jumptable) { |
|
1659 |
d->jumptable = (uchar **)malloc(d->height*sizeof(uchar *)); |
|
1660 |
if (!d->jumptable) |
|
1661 |
return 0; |
|
1662 |
uchar *data = d->data; |
|
1663 |
int height = d->height; |
|
1664 |
uchar **p = d->jumptable; |
|
1665 |
while (height--) { |
|
1666 |
*p++ = data; |
|
1667 |
data += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1668 |
} |
|
1669 |
} |
|
1670 |
return d->jumptable; |
|
1671 |
} |
|
1672 |
||
1673 |
/*! |
|
1674 |
\overload |
|
1675 |
*/ |
|
1676 |
const uchar * const *QImage::jumpTable() const |
|
1677 |
{ |
|
1678 |
if (!d) |
|
1679 |
return 0; |
|
1680 |
if (!d->jumptable) { |
|
1681 |
d->jumptable = (uchar **)malloc(d->height*sizeof(uchar *)); |
|
1682 |
if (!d->jumptable) |
|
1683 |
return 0; |
|
1684 |
uchar *data = d->data; |
|
1685 |
int height = d->height; |
|
1686 |
uchar **p = d->jumptable; |
|
1687 |
while (height--) { |
|
1688 |
*p++ = data; |
|
1689 |
data += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1690 |
} |
|
1691 |
} |
|
1692 |
return d->jumptable; |
|
1693 |
} |
|
1694 |
#endif |
|
1695 |
||
1696 |
/*! |
|
1697 |
Sets the color table used to translate color indexes to QRgb |
|
1698 |
values, to the specified \a colors. |
|
1699 |
||
1700 |
When the image is used, the color table must be large enough to |
|
1701 |
have entries for all the pixel/index values present in the image, |
|
1702 |
otherwise the results are undefined. |
|
1703 |
||
1704 |
\sa colorTable(), setColor(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
1705 |
Transformations} |
|
1706 |
*/ |
|
1707 |
void QImage::setColorTable(const QVector<QRgb> colors) |
|
1708 |
{ |
|
1709 |
if (!d) |
|
1710 |
return; |
|
1711 |
detach(); |
|
1712 |
||
1713 |
// In case detach() ran out of memory |
|
1714 |
if (!d) |
|
1715 |
return; |
|
1716 |
||
1717 |
d->colortable = colors; |
|
1718 |
d->has_alpha_clut = false; |
|
1719 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->colortable.size(); ++i) { |
|
1720 |
if (qAlpha(d->colortable.at(i)) != 255) { |
|
1721 |
d->has_alpha_clut = true; |
|
1722 |
break; |
|
1723 |
} |
|
1724 |
} |
|
1725 |
} |
|
1726 |
||
1727 |
/*! |
|
1728 |
Returns a list of the colors contained in the image's color table, |
|
1729 |
or an empty list if the image does not have a color table |
|
1730 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1731 |
\sa setColorTable(), colorCount(), color() |
0 | 1732 |
*/ |
1733 |
QVector<QRgb> QImage::colorTable() const |
|
1734 |
{ |
|
1735 |
return d ? d->colortable : QVector<QRgb>(); |
|
1736 |
} |
|
1737 |
||
1738 |
||
1739 |
/*! |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1740 |
\obsolete |
0 | 1741 |
Returns the number of bytes occupied by the image data. |
1742 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1743 |
\sa byteCount() |
0 | 1744 |
*/ |
1745 |
int QImage::numBytes() const |
|
1746 |
{ |
|
1747 |
return d ? d->nbytes : 0; |
|
1748 |
} |
|
1749 |
||
1750 |
/*! |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1751 |
\since 4.6 |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1752 |
Returns the number of bytes occupied by the image data. |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1753 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1754 |
\sa bytesPerLine(), bits(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1755 |
Information} |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1756 |
*/ |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1757 |
int QImage::byteCount() const |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1758 |
{ |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1759 |
return d ? d->nbytes : 0; |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1760 |
} |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1761 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1762 |
/*! |
0 | 1763 |
Returns the number of bytes per image scanline. |
1764 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1765 |
This is equivalent to byteCount() / height(). |
0 | 1766 |
|
1767 |
\sa scanLine() |
|
1768 |
*/ |
|
1769 |
int QImage::bytesPerLine() const |
|
1770 |
{ |
|
1771 |
return (d && d->height) ? d->nbytes / d->height : 0; |
|
1772 |
} |
|
1773 |
||
1774 |
||
1775 |
/*! |
|
1776 |
Returns the color in the color table at index \a i. The first |
|
1777 |
color is at index 0. |
|
1778 |
||
1779 |
The colors in an image's color table are specified as ARGB |
|
1780 |
quadruplets (QRgb). Use the qAlpha(), qRed(), qGreen(), and |
|
1781 |
qBlue() functions to get the color value components. |
|
1782 |
||
1783 |
\sa setColor(), pixelIndex(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel |
|
1784 |
Manipulation} |
|
1785 |
*/ |
|
1786 |
QRgb QImage::color(int i) const |
|
1787 |
{ |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1788 |
Q_ASSERT(i < colorCount()); |
0 | 1789 |
return d ? d->colortable.at(i) : QRgb(uint(-1)); |
1790 |
} |
|
1791 |
||
1792 |
/*! |
|
1793 |
\fn void QImage::setColor(int index, QRgb colorValue) |
|
1794 |
||
1795 |
Sets the color at the given \a index in the color table, to the |
|
1796 |
given to \a colorValue. The color value is an ARGB quadruplet. |
|
1797 |
||
1798 |
If \a index is outside the current size of the color table, it is |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1799 |
expanded with setColorCount(). |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1800 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1801 |
\sa color(), colorCount(), setColorTable(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel |
0 | 1802 |
Manipulation} |
1803 |
*/ |
|
1804 |
void QImage::setColor(int i, QRgb c) |
|
1805 |
{ |
|
1806 |
if (!d) |
|
1807 |
return; |
|
1808 |
if (i < 0 || d->depth > 8 || i >= 1<<d->depth) { |
|
1809 |
qWarning("QImage::setColor: Index out of bound %d", i); |
|
1810 |
return; |
|
1811 |
} |
|
1812 |
detach(); |
|
1813 |
||
1814 |
// In case detach() run out of memory |
|
1815 |
if (!d) |
|
1816 |
return; |
|
1817 |
||
1818 |
if (i >= d->colortable.size()) |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1819 |
setColorCount(i+1); |
0 | 1820 |
d->colortable[i] = c; |
1821 |
d->has_alpha_clut |= (qAlpha(c) != 255); |
|
1822 |
} |
|
1823 |
||
1824 |
/*! |
|
1825 |
Returns a pointer to the pixel data at the scanline with index \a |
|
1826 |
i. The first scanline is at index 0. |
|
1827 |
||
1828 |
The scanline data is aligned on a 32-bit boundary. |
|
1829 |
||
1830 |
\warning If you are accessing 32-bpp image data, cast the returned |
|
1831 |
pointer to \c{QRgb*} (QRgb has a 32-bit size) and use it to |
|
1832 |
read/write the pixel value. You cannot use the \c{uchar*} pointer |
|
1833 |
directly, because the pixel format depends on the byte order on |
|
1834 |
the underlying platform. Use qRed(), qGreen(), qBlue(), and |
|
1835 |
qAlpha() to access the pixels. |
|
1836 |
||
1837 |
\sa bytesPerLine(), bits(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel |
|
1838 |
Manipulation} |
|
1839 |
*/ |
|
1840 |
uchar *QImage::scanLine(int i) |
|
1841 |
{ |
|
1842 |
if (!d) |
|
1843 |
return 0; |
|
1844 |
||
1845 |
detach(); |
|
1846 |
||
1847 |
// In case detach() ran out of memory |
|
1848 |
if (!d) |
|
1849 |
return 0; |
|
1850 |
||
1851 |
return d->data + i * d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1852 |
} |
|
1853 |
||
1854 |
/*! |
|
1855 |
\overload |
|
1856 |
*/ |
|
1857 |
const uchar *QImage::scanLine(int i) const |
|
1858 |
{ |
|
1859 |
if (!d) |
|
1860 |
return 0; |
|
1861 |
||
1862 |
Q_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < height()); |
|
1863 |
return d->data + i * d->bytes_per_line; |
|
1864 |
} |
|
1865 |
||
1866 |
||
1867 |
/*! |
|
1868 |
Returns a pointer to the first pixel data. This is equivalent to |
|
1869 |
scanLine(0). |
|
1870 |
||
1871 |
Note that QImage uses \l{Implicit Data Sharing} {implicit data |
|
1872 |
sharing}. This function performs a deep copy of the shared pixel |
|
1873 |
data, thus ensuring that this QImage is the only one using the |
|
1874 |
current return value. |
|
1875 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
1876 |
\sa scanLine(), byteCount() |
0 | 1877 |
*/ |
1878 |
uchar *QImage::bits() |
|
1879 |
{ |
|
1880 |
if (!d) |
|
1881 |
return 0; |
|
1882 |
detach(); |
|
1883 |
||
1884 |
// In case detach ran out of memory... |
|
1885 |
if (!d) |
|
1886 |
return 0; |
|
1887 |
||
1888 |
return d->data; |
|
1889 |
} |
|
1890 |
||
1891 |
/*! |
|
1892 |
\overload |
|
1893 |
||
1894 |
Note that QImage uses \l{Implicit Data Sharing} {implicit data |
|
1895 |
sharing}, but this function does \e not perform a deep copy of the |
|
1896 |
shared pixel data, because the returned data is const. |
|
1897 |
*/ |
|
1898 |
const uchar *QImage::bits() const |
|
1899 |
{ |
|
1900 |
return d ? d->data : 0; |
|
1901 |
} |
|
1902 |
||
1903 |
||
1904 |
||
1905 |
/*! |
|
1906 |
\fn void QImage::reset() |
|
1907 |
||
1908 |
Resets all image parameters and deallocates the image data. |
|
1909 |
||
1910 |
Assign a null image instead. |
|
1911 |
||
1912 |
\oldcode |
|
1913 |
QImage image; |
|
1914 |
image.reset(); |
|
1915 |
\newcode |
|
1916 |
QImage image; |
|
1917 |
image = QImage(); |
|
1918 |
\endcode |
|
1919 |
*/ |
|
1920 |
||
1921 |
/*! |
|
1922 |
\fn void QImage::fill(uint pixelValue) |
|
1923 |
||
1924 |
Fills the entire image with the given \a pixelValue. |
|
1925 |
||
1926 |
If the depth of this image is 1, only the lowest bit is used. If |
|
1927 |
you say fill(0), fill(2), etc., the image is filled with 0s. If |
|
1928 |
you say fill(1), fill(3), etc., the image is filled with 1s. If |
|
1929 |
the depth is 8, the lowest 8 bits are used and if the depth is 16 |
|
1930 |
the lowest 16 bits are used. |
|
1931 |
||
1932 |
Note: QImage::pixel() returns the color of the pixel at the given |
|
1933 |
coordinates while QColor::pixel() returns the pixel value of the |
|
1934 |
underlying window system (essentially an index value), so normally |
|
1935 |
you will want to use QImage::pixel() to use a color from an |
|
1936 |
existing image or QColor::rgb() to use a specific color. |
|
1937 |
||
1938 |
\sa depth(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
1939 |
*/ |
|
1940 |
||
1941 |
void QImage::fill(uint pixel) |
|
1942 |
{ |
|
1943 |
if (!d) |
|
1944 |
return; |
|
1945 |
||
1946 |
detach(); |
|
1947 |
||
1948 |
// In case detach() ran out of memory |
|
1949 |
if (!d) |
|
1950 |
return; |
|
1951 |
||
1952 |
if (d->depth == 1 || d->depth == 8) { |
|
1953 |
int w = d->width; |
|
1954 |
if (d->depth == 1) { |
|
1955 |
if (pixel & 1) |
|
1956 |
pixel = 0xffffffff; |
|
1957 |
else |
|
1958 |
pixel = 0; |
|
1959 |
w = (w + 7) / 8; |
|
1960 |
} else { |
|
1961 |
pixel &= 0xff; |
|
1962 |
} |
|
1963 |
qt_rectfill<quint8>(d->data, pixel, 0, 0, |
|
1964 |
w, d->height, d->bytes_per_line); |
|
1965 |
return; |
|
1966 |
} else if (d->depth == 16) { |
|
1967 |
qt_rectfill<quint16>(reinterpret_cast<quint16*>(d->data), pixel, |
|
1968 |
0, 0, d->width, d->height, d->bytes_per_line); |
|
1969 |
return; |
|
1970 |
} else if (d->depth == 24) { |
|
1971 |
qt_rectfill<quint24>(reinterpret_cast<quint24*>(d->data), pixel, |
|
1972 |
0, 0, d->width, d->height, d->bytes_per_line); |
|
1973 |
return; |
|
1974 |
} |
|
1975 |
||
1976 |
if (d->format == Format_RGB32) |
|
1977 |
pixel |= 0xff000000; |
|
1978 |
||
1979 |
qt_rectfill<uint>(reinterpret_cast<uint*>(d->data), pixel, |
|
1980 |
0, 0, d->width, d->height, d->bytes_per_line); |
|
1981 |
} |
|
1982 |
||
1983 |
/*! |
|
1984 |
Inverts all pixel values in the image. |
|
1985 |
||
1986 |
The given invert \a mode only have a meaning when the image's |
|
1987 |
depth is 32. The default \a mode is InvertRgb, which leaves the |
|
1988 |
alpha channel unchanged. If the \a mode is InvertRgba, the alpha |
|
1989 |
bits are also inverted. |
|
1990 |
||
1991 |
Inverting an 8-bit image means to replace all pixels using color |
|
1992 |
index \e i with a pixel using color index 255 minus \e i. The same |
|
1993 |
is the case for a 1-bit image. Note that the color table is \e not |
|
1994 |
changed. |
|
1995 |
||
1996 |
\sa {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
1997 |
*/ |
|
1998 |
||
1999 |
void QImage::invertPixels(InvertMode mode) |
|
2000 |
{ |
|
2001 |
if (!d) |
|
2002 |
return; |
|
2003 |
||
2004 |
detach(); |
|
2005 |
||
2006 |
// In case detach() ran out of memory |
|
2007 |
if (!d) |
|
2008 |
return; |
|
2009 |
||
2010 |
if (depth() != 32) { |
|
2011 |
// number of used bytes pr line |
|
2012 |
int bpl = (d->width * d->depth + 7) / 8; |
|
2013 |
int pad = d->bytes_per_line - bpl; |
|
2014 |
uchar *sl = d->data; |
|
2015 |
for (int y=0; y<d->height; ++y) { |
|
2016 |
for (int x=0; x<bpl; ++x) |
|
2017 |
*sl++ ^= 0xff; |
|
2018 |
sl += pad; |
|
2019 |
} |
|
2020 |
} else { |
|
2021 |
quint32 *p = (quint32*)d->data; |
|
2022 |
quint32 *end = (quint32*)(d->data + d->nbytes); |
|
2023 |
uint xorbits = (mode == InvertRgba) ? 0xffffffff : 0x00ffffff; |
|
2024 |
while (p < end) |
|
2025 |
*p++ ^= xorbits; |
|
2026 |
} |
|
2027 |
} |
|
2028 |
||
2029 |
/*! |
|
2030 |
\fn void QImage::invertPixels(bool invertAlpha) |
|
2031 |
||
2032 |
Use the invertPixels() function that takes a QImage::InvertMode |
|
2033 |
parameter instead. |
|
2034 |
*/ |
|
2035 |
||
2036 |
/*! \fn QImage::Endian QImage::systemByteOrder() |
|
2037 |
||
2038 |
Determines the host computer byte order. Returns |
|
2039 |
QImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or QImage::BigEndian (MSB first). |
|
2040 |
||
2041 |
This function is no longer relevant for QImage. Use QSysInfo |
|
2042 |
instead. |
|
2043 |
*/ |
|
2044 |
||
2045 |
// Windows defines these |
|
2046 |
#if defined(write) |
|
2047 |
# undef write |
|
2048 |
#endif |
|
2049 |
#if defined(close) |
|
2050 |
# undef close |
|
2051 |
#endif |
|
2052 |
#if defined(read) |
|
2053 |
# undef read |
|
2054 |
#endif |
|
2055 |
||
2056 |
/*! |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2057 |
\obsolete |
0 | 2058 |
Resizes the color table to contain \a numColors entries. |
2059 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
\sa setColorCount() |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
*/ |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2063 |
void QImage::setNumColors(int numColors) |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2064 |
{ |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2065 |
setColorCount(numColors); |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2066 |
} |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
|
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2068 |
/*! |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2069 |
\since 4.6 |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2070 |
Resizes the color table to contain \a colorCount entries. |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
|
0 | 2072 |
If the color table is expanded, all the extra colors will be set to |
2073 |
transparent (i.e qRgba(0, 0, 0, 0)). |
|
2074 |
||
2075 |
When the image is used, the color table must be large enough to |
|
2076 |
have entries for all the pixel/index values present in the image, |
|
2077 |
otherwise the results are undefined. |
|
2078 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
\sa colorCount(), colorTable(), setColor(), {QImage#Image |
0 | 2080 |
Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
2081 |
*/ |
|
2082 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2083 |
void QImage::setColorCount(int colorCount) |
0 | 2084 |
{ |
2085 |
if (!d) { |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2086 |
qWarning("QImage::setColorCount: null image"); |
0 | 2087 |
return; |
2088 |
} |
|
2089 |
||
2090 |
detach(); |
|
2091 |
||
2092 |
// In case detach() ran out of memory |
|
2093 |
if (!d) |
|
2094 |
return; |
|
2095 |
||
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2096 |
if (colorCount == d->colortable.size()) |
0 | 2097 |
return; |
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2098 |
if (colorCount <= 0) { // use no color table |
0 | 2099 |
d->colortable = QVector<QRgb>(); |
2100 |
return; |
|
2101 |
} |
|
2102 |
int nc = d->colortable.size(); |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2103 |
d->colortable.resize(colorCount); |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
for (int i = nc; i < colorCount; ++i) |
0 | 2105 |
d->colortable[i] = 0; |
2106 |
} |
|
2107 |
||
2108 |
/*! |
|
2109 |
Returns the format of the image. |
|
2110 |
||
2111 |
\sa {QImage#Image Formats}{Image Formats} |
|
2112 |
*/ |
|
2113 |
QImage::Format QImage::format() const |
|
2114 |
{ |
|
2115 |
return d ? d->format : Format_Invalid; |
|
2116 |
} |
|
2117 |
||
2118 |
||
2119 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
2120 |
/*! |
|
2121 |
Returns true if alpha buffer mode is enabled; otherwise returns |
|
2122 |
false. |
|
2123 |
||
2124 |
Use the hasAlphaChannel() function instead. |
|
2125 |
||
2126 |
*/ |
|
2127 |
bool QImage::hasAlphaBuffer() const |
|
2128 |
{ |
|
2129 |
if (!d) |
|
2130 |
return false; |
|
2131 |
||
2132 |
switch (d->format) { |
|
2133 |
case Format_ARGB32: |
|
2134 |
case Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied: |
|
2135 |
case Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
2136 |
case Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
2137 |
case Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
2138 |
case Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
2139 |
return true; |
|
2140 |
default: |
|
2141 |
return false; |
|
2142 |
} |
|
2143 |
} |
|
2144 |
||
2145 |
/*! |
|
2146 |
Enables alpha buffer mode if \a enable is true, otherwise disables |
|
2147 |
it. The alpha buffer is used to set a mask when a QImage is |
|
2148 |
translated to a QPixmap. |
|
2149 |
||
2150 |
If a monochrome or indexed 8-bit image has alpha channels in their |
|
2151 |
color tables they will automatically detect that they have an |
|
2152 |
alpha channel, so this function is not required. To force alpha |
|
2153 |
channels on 32-bit images, use the convertToFormat() function. |
|
2154 |
*/ |
|
2155 |
||
2156 |
void QImage::setAlphaBuffer(bool enable) |
|
2157 |
{ |
|
2158 |
if (!d |
|
2159 |
|| d->format == Format_Mono |
|
2160 |
|| d->format == Format_MonoLSB |
|
2161 |
|| d->format == Format_Indexed8) |
|
2162 |
return; |
|
2163 |
if (enable && (d->format == Format_ARGB32 || |
|
2164 |
d->format == Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied || |
|
2165 |
d->format == Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied || |
|
2166 |
d->format == Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied || |
|
2167 |
d->format == Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied || |
|
2168 |
d->format == Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied)) |
|
2169 |
{ |
|
2170 |
return; |
|
2171 |
} |
|
2172 |
if (!enable && (d->format == Format_RGB32 || |
|
2173 |
d->format == Format_RGB555 || |
|
2174 |
d->format == Format_RGB666 || |
|
2175 |
d->format == Format_RGB888 || |
|
2176 |
d->format == Format_RGB444)) |
|
2177 |
{ |
|
2178 |
return; |
|
2179 |
} |
|
2180 |
detach(); |
|
2181 |
d->format = (enable ? Format_ARGB32 : Format_RGB32); |
|
2182 |
} |
|
2183 |
||
2184 |
||
2185 |
/*! |
|
2186 |
\fn bool QImage::create(int width, int height, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
2187 |
||
2188 |
Sets the image \a width, \a height, \a depth, its number of colors |
|
2189 |
(in \a numColors), and bit order. Returns true if successful, or |
|
2190 |
false if the parameters are incorrect or if memory cannot be |
|
2191 |
allocated. |
|
2192 |
||
2193 |
The \a width and \a height is limited to 32767. \a depth must be |
|
2194 |
1, 8, or 32. If \a depth is 1, \a bitOrder must be set to |
|
2195 |
either QImage::LittleEndian or QImage::BigEndian. For other depths |
|
2196 |
\a bitOrder must be QImage::IgnoreEndian. |
|
2197 |
||
2198 |
This function allocates a color table and a buffer for the image |
|
2199 |
data. The image data is not initialized. The image buffer is |
|
2200 |
allocated as a single block that consists of a table of scanLine() |
|
2201 |
pointers (jumpTable()) and the image data (bits()). |
|
2202 |
||
2203 |
Use a QImage constructor instead. |
|
2204 |
*/ |
|
2205 |
bool QImage::create(int width, int height, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
2206 |
{ |
|
2207 |
if (d && !d->ref.deref()) |
|
2208 |
delete d; |
|
2209 |
d = QImageData::create(QSize(width, height), formatFor(depth, bitOrder), numColors); |
|
2210 |
return true; |
|
2211 |
} |
|
2212 |
||
2213 |
/*! |
|
2214 |
\fn bool QImage::create(const QSize& size, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder) |
|
2215 |
\overload |
|
2216 |
||
2217 |
The width and height are specified in the \a size argument. |
|
2218 |
||
2219 |
Use a QImage constructor instead. |
|
2220 |
*/ |
|
2221 |
bool QImage::create(const QSize& size, int depth, int numColors, QImage::Endian bitOrder) |
|
2222 |
{ |
|
2223 |
if (d && !d->ref.deref()) |
|
2224 |
delete d; |
|
2225 |
d = QImageData::create(size, formatFor(depth, bitOrder), numColors); |
|
2226 |
return true; |
|
2227 |
} |
|
2228 |
#endif // QT3_SUPPORT |
|
2229 |
||
2230 |
/***************************************************************************** |
|
2231 |
Internal routines for converting image depth. |
|
2232 |
*****************************************************************************/ |
|
2233 |
||
2234 |
typedef void (*Image_Converter)(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags); |
|
2235 |
||
2236 |
static void convert_ARGB_to_ARGB_PM(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
2237 |
{ |
|
2238 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32); |
|
2239 |
Q_ASSERT(dest->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
2240 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
2241 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
2242 |
||
2243 |
const int src_pad = (src->bytes_per_line >> 2) - src->width; |
|
2244 |
const int dest_pad = (dest->bytes_per_line >> 2) - dest->width; |
|
2245 |
const QRgb *src_data = (QRgb *) src->data; |
|
2246 |
QRgb *dest_data = (QRgb *) dest->data; |
|
2247 |
||
2248 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->height; ++i) { |
|
2249 |
const QRgb *end = src_data + src->width; |
|
2250 |
while (src_data < end) { |
|
2251 |
*dest_data = PREMUL(*src_data); |
|
2252 |
++src_data; |
|
2253 |
++dest_data; |
|
2254 |
} |
|
2255 |
src_data += src_pad; |
|
2256 |
dest_data += dest_pad; |
|
2257 |
} |
|
2258 |
} |
|
2259 |
||
2260 |
static void convert_ARGB_PM_to_ARGB(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
2261 |
{ |
|
2262 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
2263 |
Q_ASSERT(dest->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32); |
|
2264 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
2265 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
2266 |
||
2267 |
const int src_pad = (src->bytes_per_line >> 2) - src->width; |
|
2268 |
const int dest_pad = (dest->bytes_per_line >> 2) - dest->width; |
|
2269 |
const QRgb *src_data = (QRgb *) src->data; |
|
2270 |
QRgb *dest_data = (QRgb *) dest->data; |
|
2271 |
||
2272 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->height; ++i) { |
|
2273 |
const QRgb *end = src_data + src->width; |
|
2274 |
while (src_data < end) { |
|
2275 |
*dest_data = INV_PREMUL(*src_data); |
|
2276 |
++src_data; |
|
2277 |
++dest_data; |
|
2278 |
} |
|
2279 |
src_data += src_pad; |
|
2280 |
dest_data += dest_pad; |
|
2281 |
} |
|
2282 |
} |
|
2283 |
||
2284 |
static void convert_ARGB_PM_to_RGB(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
2285 |
{ |
|
2286 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
2287 |
Q_ASSERT(dest->format == QImage::Format_RGB32); |
|
2288 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
2289 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
2290 |
||
2291 |
const int src_pad = (src->bytes_per_line >> 2) - src->width; |
|
2292 |
const int dest_pad = (dest->bytes_per_line >> 2) - dest->width; |
|
2293 |
const QRgb *src_data = (QRgb *) src->data; |
|
2294 |
QRgb *dest_data = (QRgb *) dest->data; |
|
2295 |
||
2296 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->height; ++i) { |
|
2297 |
const QRgb *end = src_data + src->width; |
|
2298 |
while (src_data < end) { |
|
2299 |
*dest_data = 0xff000000 | INV_PREMUL(*src_data); |
|
2300 |
++src_data; |
|
2301 |
++dest_data; |
|
2302 |
} |
|
2303 |
src_data += src_pad; |
|
2304 |
dest_data += dest_pad; |
|
2305 |
} |
|
2306 |
} |
|
2307 |
||
2308 |
static void swap_bit_order(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
2309 |
{ |
|
2310 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_Mono || src->format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB); |
|
2311 |
Q_ASSERT(dest->format == QImage::Format_Mono || dest->format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB); |
|
2312 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
2313 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
2314 |
Q_ASSERT(src->nbytes == dest->nbytes); |
|
2315 |
Q_ASSERT(src->bytes_per_line == dest->bytes_per_line); |
|
2316 |
||
2317 |
dest->colortable = src->colortable; |
|
2318 |
||
2319 |
const uchar *src_data = src->data; |
|
2320 |
const uchar *end = src->data + src->nbytes; |
|
2321 |
uchar *dest_data = dest->data; |
|
2322 |
while (src_data < end) { |
|
2323 |
*dest_data = bitflip[*src_data]; |
|
2324 |
++src_data; |
|
2325 |
++dest_data; |
|
2326 |
} |
|
2327 |
} |
|
2328 |
||
2329 |
static void mask_alpha_converter(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
2330 |
{ |
|
2331 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
2332 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
2333 |
||
2334 |
const int src_pad = (src->bytes_per_line >> 2) - src->width; |
|
2335 |
const int dest_pad = (dest->bytes_per_line >> 2) - dest->width; |
|
2336 |
const uint *src_data = (const uint *)src->data; |
|
2337 |
uint *dest_data = (uint *)dest->data; |
|
2338 |
||
2339 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->height; ++i) { |
|
2340 |
const uint *end = src_data + src->width; |
|
2341 |
while (src_data < end) { |
|
2342 |
*dest_data = *src_data | 0xff000000; |
|
2343 |
++src_data; |
|
2344 |
++dest_data; |
|
2345 |
} |
|
2346 |
src_data += src_pad; |
|
2347 |
dest_data += dest_pad; |
|
2348 |
} |
|
2349 |
} |
|
2350 |
||
2351 |
static QVector<QRgb> fix_color_table(const QVector<QRgb> &ctbl, QImage::Format format) |
|
2352 |
{ |
|
2353 |
QVector<QRgb> colorTable = ctbl; |
|
2354 |
if (format == QImage::Format_RGB32) { |
|
2355 |
// check if the color table has alpha |
|
2356 |
for (int i = 0; i < colorTable.size(); ++i) |
|
2357 |
if (qAlpha(colorTable.at(i) != 0xff)) |
|
2358 |
colorTable[i] = colorTable.at(i) | 0xff000000; |
|
2359 |
} else if (format == QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied) { |
|
2360 |
// check if the color table has alpha |
|
2361 |
for (int i = 0; i < colorTable.size(); ++i) |
|
2362 |
colorTable[i] = PREMUL(colorTable.at(i)); |
|
2363 |
} |
|
2364 |
return colorTable; |
|
2365 |
} |
|
2366 |
||
2367 |
// |
|
2368 |
// dither_to_1: Uses selected dithering algorithm. |
|
2369 |
// |
|
2370 |
||
2371 |
static void dither_to_Mono(QImageData *dst, const QImageData *src, |
|
2372 |
Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags, bool fromalpha) |
|
2373 |
{ |
|
2374 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dst->width); |
|
2375 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dst->height); |
|
2376 |
Q_ASSERT(dst->format == QImage::Format_Mono || dst->format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB); |
|
2377 |
||
2378 |
dst->colortable.clear(); |
|
2379 |
dst->colortable.append(0xffffffff); |
|
2380 |
dst->colortable.append(0xff000000); |
|
2381 |
||
2382 |
enum { Threshold, Ordered, Diffuse } dithermode; |
|
2383 |
||
2384 |
if (fromalpha) { |
|
2385 |
if ((flags & Qt::AlphaDither_Mask) == Qt::DiffuseAlphaDither) |
|
2386 |
dithermode = Diffuse; |
|
2387 |
else if ((flags & Qt::AlphaDither_Mask) == Qt::OrderedAlphaDither) |
|
2388 |
dithermode = Ordered; |
|
2389 |
else |
|
2390 |
dithermode = Threshold; |
|
2391 |
} else { |
|
2392 |
if ((flags & Qt::Dither_Mask) == Qt::ThresholdDither) |
|
2393 |
dithermode = Threshold; |
|
2394 |
else if ((flags & Qt::Dither_Mask) == Qt::OrderedDither) |
|
2395 |
dithermode = Ordered; |
|
2396 |
else |
|
2397 |
dithermode = Diffuse; |
|
2398 |
} |
|
2399 |
||
2400 |
int w = src->width; |
|
2401 |
int h = src->height; |
|
2402 |
int d = src->depth; |
|
2403 |
uchar gray[256]; // gray map for 8 bit images |
|
2404 |
bool use_gray = (d == 8); |
|
2405 |
if (use_gray) { // make gray map |
|
2406 |
if (fromalpha) { |
|
2407 |
// Alpha 0x00 -> 0 pixels (white) |
|
2408 |
// Alpha 0xFF -> 1 pixels (black) |
|
2409 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->colortable.size(); i++) |
|
2410 |
gray[i] = (255 - (src->colortable.at(i) >> 24)); |
|
2411 |
} else { |
|
2412 |
// Pixel 0x00 -> 1 pixels (black) |
|
2413 |
// Pixel 0xFF -> 0 pixels (white) |
|
2414 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->colortable.size(); i++) |
|
2415 |
gray[i] = qGray(src->colortable.at(i)); |
|
2416 |
} |
|
2417 |
} |
|
2418 |
||
2419 |
uchar *dst_data = dst->data; |
|
2420 |
int dst_bpl = dst->bytes_per_line; |
|
2421 |
const uchar *src_data = src->data; |
|
2422 |
int src_bpl = src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2423 |
||
2424 |
switch (dithermode) { |
|
2425 |
case Diffuse: { |
|
2426 |
QScopedArrayPointer<int> lineBuffer(new int[w * 2]); |
|
2427 |
int *line1 = lineBuffer.data(); |
|
2428 |
int *line2 = lineBuffer.data() + w; |
|
2429 |
int bmwidth = (w+7)/8; |
|
2430 |
||
2431 |
int *b1, *b2; |
|
2432 |
int wbytes = w * (d/8); |
|
2433 |
register const uchar *p = src->data; |
|
2434 |
const uchar *end = p + wbytes; |
|
2435 |
b2 = line2; |
|
2436 |
if (use_gray) { // 8 bit image |
|
2437 |
while (p < end) |
|
2438 |
*b2++ = gray[*p++]; |
|
2439 |
} else { // 32 bit image |
|
2440 |
if (fromalpha) { |
|
2441 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2442 |
*b2++ = 255 - (*(uint*)p >> 24); |
|
2443 |
p += 4; |
|
2444 |
} |
|
2445 |
} else { |
|
2446 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2447 |
*b2++ = qGray(*(uint*)p); |
|
2448 |
p += 4; |
|
2449 |
} |
|
2450 |
} |
|
2451 |
} |
|
2452 |
for (int y=0; y<h; y++) { // for each scan line... |
|
2453 |
int *tmp = line1; line1 = line2; line2 = tmp; |
|
2454 |
bool not_last_line = y < h - 1; |
|
2455 |
if (not_last_line) { // calc. grayvals for next line |
|
2456 |
p = src->data + (y+1)*src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2457 |
end = p + wbytes; |
|
2458 |
b2 = line2; |
|
2459 |
if (use_gray) { // 8 bit image |
|
2460 |
while (p < end) |
|
2461 |
*b2++ = gray[*p++]; |
|
2462 |
} else { // 24 bit image |
|
2463 |
if (fromalpha) { |
|
2464 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2465 |
*b2++ = 255 - (*(uint*)p >> 24); |
|
2466 |
p += 4; |
|
2467 |
} |
|
2468 |
} else { |
|
2469 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2470 |
*b2++ = qGray(*(uint*)p); |
|
2471 |
p += 4; |
|
2472 |
} |
|
2473 |
} |
|
2474 |
} |
|
2475 |
} |
|
2476 |
||
2477 |
int err; |
|
2478 |
uchar *p = dst->data + y*dst->bytes_per_line; |
|
2479 |
memset(p, 0, bmwidth); |
|
2480 |
b1 = line1; |
|
2481 |
b2 = line2; |
|
2482 |
int bit = 7; |
|
2483 |
for (int x=1; x<=w; x++) { |
|
2484 |
if (*b1 < 128) { // black pixel |
|
2485 |
err = *b1++; |
|
2486 |
*p |= 1 << bit; |
|
2487 |
} else { // white pixel |
|
2488 |
err = *b1++ - 255; |
|
2489 |
} |
|
2490 |
if (bit == 0) { |
|
2491 |
p++; |
|
2492 |
bit = 7; |
|
2493 |
} else { |
|
2494 |
bit--; |
|
2495 |
} |
|
2496 |
if (x < w) |
|
2497 |
*b1 += (err*7)>>4; // spread error to right pixel |
|
2498 |
if (not_last_line) { |
|
2499 |
b2[0] += (err*5)>>4; // pixel below |
|
2500 |
if (x > 1) |
|
2501 |
b2[-1] += (err*3)>>4; // pixel below left |
|
2502 |
if (x < w) |
|
2503 |
b2[1] += err>>4; // pixel below right |
|
2504 |
} |
|
2505 |
b2++; |
|
2506 |
} |
|
2507 |
} |
|
2508 |
} break; |
|
2509 |
case Ordered: { |
|
2510 |
||
2511 |
memset(dst->data, 0, dst->nbytes); |
|
2512 |
if (d == 32) { |
|
2513 |
for (int i=0; i<h; i++) { |
|
2514 |
const uint *p = (const uint *)src_data; |
|
2515 |
const uint *end = p + w; |
|
2516 |
uchar *m = dst_data; |
|
2517 |
int bit = 7; |
|
2518 |
int j = 0; |
|
2519 |
if (fromalpha) { |
|
2520 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2521 |
if ((*p++ >> 24) >= qt_bayer_matrix[j++&15][i&15]) |
|
2522 |
*m |= 1 << bit; |
|
2523 |
if (bit == 0) { |
|
2524 |
m++; |
|
2525 |
bit = 7; |
|
2526 |
} else { |
|
2527 |
bit--; |
|
2528 |
} |
|
2529 |
} |
|
2530 |
} else { |
|
2531 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2532 |
if ((uint)qGray(*p++) < qt_bayer_matrix[j++&15][i&15]) |
|
2533 |
*m |= 1 << bit; |
|
2534 |
if (bit == 0) { |
|
2535 |
m++; |
|
2536 |
bit = 7; |
|
2537 |
} else { |
|
2538 |
bit--; |
|
2539 |
} |
|
2540 |
} |
|
2541 |
} |
|
2542 |
dst_data += dst_bpl; |
|
2543 |
src_data += src_bpl; |
|
2544 |
} |
|
2545 |
} else |
|
2546 |
/* (d == 8) */ { |
|
2547 |
for (int i=0; i<h; i++) { |
|
2548 |
const uchar *p = src_data; |
|
2549 |
const uchar *end = p + w; |
|
2550 |
uchar *m = dst_data; |
|
2551 |
int bit = 7; |
|
2552 |
int j = 0; |
|
2553 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2554 |
if ((uint)gray[*p++] < qt_bayer_matrix[j++&15][i&15]) |
|
2555 |
*m |= 1 << bit; |
|
2556 |
if (bit == 0) { |
|
2557 |
m++; |
|
2558 |
bit = 7; |
|
2559 |
} else { |
|
2560 |
bit--; |
|
2561 |
} |
|
2562 |
} |
|
2563 |
dst_data += dst_bpl; |
|
2564 |
src_data += src_bpl; |
|
2565 |
} |
|
2566 |
} |
|
2567 |
} break; |
|
2568 |
default: { // Threshold: |
|
2569 |
memset(dst->data, 0, dst->nbytes); |
|
2570 |
if (d == 32) { |
|
2571 |
for (int i=0; i<h; i++) { |
|
2572 |
const uint *p = (const uint *)src_data; |
|
2573 |
const uint *end = p + w; |
|
2574 |
uchar *m = dst_data; |
|
2575 |
int bit = 7; |
|
2576 |
if (fromalpha) { |
|
2577 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2578 |
if ((*p++ >> 24) >= 128) |
|
2579 |
*m |= 1 << bit; // Set mask "on" |
|
2580 |
if (bit == 0) { |
|
2581 |
m++; |
|
2582 |
bit = 7; |
|
2583 |
} else { |
|
2584 |
bit--; |
|
2585 |
} |
|
2586 |
} |
|
2587 |
} else { |
|
2588 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2589 |
if (qGray(*p++) < 128) |
|
2590 |
*m |= 1 << bit; // Set pixel "black" |
|
2591 |
if (bit == 0) { |
|
2592 |
m++; |
|
2593 |
bit = 7; |
|
2594 |
} else { |
|
2595 |
bit--; |
|
2596 |
} |
|
2597 |
} |
|
2598 |
} |
|
2599 |
dst_data += dst_bpl; |
|
2600 |
src_data += src_bpl; |
|
2601 |
} |
|
2602 |
} else |
|
2603 |
if (d == 8) { |
|
2604 |
for (int i=0; i<h; i++) { |
|
2605 |
const uchar *p = src_data; |
|
2606 |
const uchar *end = p + w; |
|
2607 |
uchar *m = dst_data; |
|
2608 |
int bit = 7; |
|
2609 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2610 |
if (gray[*p++] < 128) |
|
2611 |
*m |= 1 << bit; // Set mask "on"/ pixel "black" |
|
2612 |
if (bit == 0) { |
|
2613 |
m++; |
|
2614 |
bit = 7; |
|
2615 |
} else { |
|
2616 |
bit--; |
|
2617 |
} |
|
2618 |
} |
|
2619 |
dst_data += dst_bpl; |
|
2620 |
src_data += src_bpl; |
|
2621 |
} |
|
2622 |
} |
|
2623 |
} |
|
2624 |
} |
|
2625 |
||
2626 |
if (dst->format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB) { |
|
2627 |
// need to swap bit order |
|
2628 |
uchar *sl = dst->data; |
|
2629 |
int bpl = (dst->width + 7) * dst->depth / 8; |
|
2630 |
int pad = dst->bytes_per_line - bpl; |
|
2631 |
for (int y=0; y<dst->height; ++y) { |
|
2632 |
for (int x=0; x<bpl; ++x) { |
|
2633 |
*sl = bitflip[*sl]; |
|
2634 |
++sl; |
|
2635 |
} |
|
2636 |
sl += pad; |
|
2637 |
} |
|
2638 |
} |
|
2639 |
} |
|
2640 |
||
2641 |
static void convert_X_to_Mono(QImageData *dst, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) |
|
2642 |
{ |
|
2643 |
dither_to_Mono(dst, src, flags, false); |
|
2644 |
} |
|
2645 |
||
2646 |
static void convert_ARGB_PM_to_Mono(QImageData *dst, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) |
|
2647 |
{ |
|
2648 |
QScopedPointer<QImageData> tmp(QImageData::create(QSize(src->width, src->height), QImage::Format_ARGB32)); |
|
2649 |
convert_ARGB_PM_to_ARGB(tmp.data(), src, flags); |
|
2650 |
dither_to_Mono(dst, tmp.data(), flags, false); |
|
2651 |
} |
|
2652 |
||
2653 |
// |
|
2654 |
// convert_32_to_8: Converts a 32 bits depth (true color) to an 8 bit |
|
2655 |
// image with a colormap. If the 32 bit image has more than 256 colors, |
|
2656 |
// we convert the red,green and blue bytes into a single byte encoded |
|
2657 |
// as 6 shades of each of red, green and blue. |
|
2658 |
// |
|
2659 |
// if dithering is needed, only 1 color at most is available for alpha. |
|
2660 |
// |
|
2661 |
struct QRgbMap { |
|
2662 |
inline QRgbMap() : used(0) { } |
|
2663 |
uchar pix; |
|
2664 |
uchar used; |
|
2665 |
QRgb rgb; |
|
2666 |
}; |
|
2667 |
||
2668 |
static void convert_RGB_to_Indexed8(QImageData *dst, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) |
|
2669 |
{ |
|
2670 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_RGB32 || src->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32); |
|
2671 |
Q_ASSERT(dst->format == QImage::Format_Indexed8); |
|
2672 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dst->width); |
|
2673 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dst->height); |
|
2674 |
||
2675 |
bool do_quant = (flags & Qt::DitherMode_Mask) == Qt::PreferDither |
|
2676 |
|| src->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32; |
|
2677 |
uint alpha_mask = src->format == QImage::Format_RGB32 ? 0xff000000 : 0; |
|
2678 |
||
2679 |
const int tablesize = 997; // prime |
|
2680 |
QRgbMap table[tablesize]; |
|
2681 |
int pix=0; |
|
2682 |
||
2683 |
if (!dst->colortable.isEmpty()) { |
|
2684 |
QVector<QRgb> ctbl = dst->colortable; |
|
2685 |
dst->colortable.resize(256); |
|
2686 |
// Preload palette into table. |
|
2687 |
// Almost same code as pixel insertion below |
|
2688 |
for (int i = 0; i < dst->colortable.size(); ++i) { |
|
2689 |
// Find in table... |
|
2690 |
QRgb p = ctbl.at(i) | alpha_mask; |
|
2691 |
int hash = p % tablesize; |
|
2692 |
for (;;) { |
|
2693 |
if (table[hash].used) { |
|
2694 |
if (table[hash].rgb == p) { |
|
2695 |
// Found previous insertion - use it |
|
2696 |
break; |
|
2697 |
} else { |
|
2698 |
// Keep searching... |
|
2699 |
if (++hash == tablesize) hash = 0; |
|
2700 |
} |
|
2701 |
} else { |
|
2702 |
// Cannot be in table |
|
2703 |
Q_ASSERT (pix != 256); // too many colors |
|
2704 |
// Insert into table at this unused position |
|
2705 |
dst->colortable[pix] = p; |
|
2706 |
table[hash].pix = pix++; |
|
2707 |
table[hash].rgb = p; |
|
2708 |
table[hash].used = 1; |
|
2709 |
break; |
|
2710 |
} |
|
2711 |
} |
|
2712 |
} |
|
2713 |
} |
|
2714 |
||
2715 |
if ((flags & Qt::DitherMode_Mask) != Qt::PreferDither) { |
|
2716 |
dst->colortable.resize(256); |
|
2717 |
const uchar *src_data = src->data; |
|
2718 |
uchar *dest_data = dst->data; |
|
2719 |
for (int y = 0; y < src->height; y++) { // check if <= 256 colors |
|
2720 |
const QRgb *s = (const QRgb *)src_data; |
|
2721 |
uchar *b = dest_data; |
|
2722 |
for (int x = 0; x < src->width; ++x) { |
|
2723 |
QRgb p = s[x] | alpha_mask; |
|
2724 |
int hash = p % tablesize; |
|
2725 |
for (;;) { |
|
2726 |
if (table[hash].used) { |
|
2727 |
if (table[hash].rgb == (p)) { |
|
2728 |
// Found previous insertion - use it |
|
2729 |
break; |
|
2730 |
} else { |
|
2731 |
// Keep searching... |
|
2732 |
if (++hash == tablesize) hash = 0; |
|
2733 |
} |
|
2734 |
} else { |
|
2735 |
// Cannot be in table |
|
2736 |
if (pix == 256) { // too many colors |
|
2737 |
do_quant = true; |
|
2738 |
// Break right out |
|
2739 |
x = src->width; |
|
2740 |
y = src->height; |
|
2741 |
} else { |
|
2742 |
// Insert into table at this unused position |
|
2743 |
dst->colortable[pix] = p; |
|
2744 |
table[hash].pix = pix++; |
|
2745 |
table[hash].rgb = p; |
|
2746 |
table[hash].used = 1; |
|
2747 |
} |
|
2748 |
break; |
|
2749 |
} |
|
2750 |
} |
|
2751 |
*b++ = table[hash].pix; // May occur once incorrectly |
|
2752 |
} |
|
2753 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2754 |
dest_data += dst->bytes_per_line; |
|
2755 |
} |
|
2756 |
} |
|
2757 |
int numColors = do_quant ? 256 : pix; |
|
2758 |
||
2759 |
dst->colortable.resize(numColors); |
|
2760 |
||
2761 |
if (do_quant) { // quantization needed |
|
2762 |
||
2763 |
#define MAX_R 5 |
|
2764 |
#define MAX_G 5 |
|
2765 |
#define MAX_B 5 |
|
2766 |
#define INDEXOF(r,g,b) (((r)*(MAX_G+1)+(g))*(MAX_B+1)+(b)) |
|
2767 |
||
2768 |
for (int rc=0; rc<=MAX_R; rc++) // build 6x6x6 color cube |
|
2769 |
for (int gc=0; gc<=MAX_G; gc++) |
|
2770 |
for (int bc=0; bc<=MAX_B; bc++) |
|
2771 |
dst->colortable[INDEXOF(rc,gc,bc)] = 0xff000000 | qRgb(rc*255/MAX_R, gc*255/MAX_G, bc*255/MAX_B); |
|
2772 |
||
2773 |
const uchar *src_data = src->data; |
|
2774 |
uchar *dest_data = dst->data; |
|
2775 |
if ((flags & Qt::Dither_Mask) == Qt::ThresholdDither) { |
|
2776 |
for (int y = 0; y < src->height; y++) { |
|
2777 |
const QRgb *p = (const QRgb *)src_data; |
|
2778 |
const QRgb *end = p + src->width; |
|
2779 |
uchar *b = dest_data; |
|
2780 |
||
2781 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2782 |
#define DITHER(p,m) ((uchar) ((p * (m) + 127) / 255)) |
|
2783 |
*b++ = |
|
2784 |
INDEXOF( |
|
2785 |
DITHER(qRed(*p), MAX_R), |
|
2786 |
DITHER(qGreen(*p), MAX_G), |
|
2787 |
DITHER(qBlue(*p), MAX_B) |
|
2788 |
); |
|
2789 |
#undef DITHER |
|
2790 |
p++; |
|
2791 |
} |
|
2792 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2793 |
dest_data += dst->bytes_per_line; |
|
2794 |
} |
|
2795 |
} else if ((flags & Qt::Dither_Mask) == Qt::DiffuseDither) { |
|
2796 |
int* line1[3]; |
|
2797 |
int* line2[3]; |
|
2798 |
int* pv[3]; |
|
2799 |
QScopedArrayPointer<int> lineBuffer(new int[src->width * 9]); |
|
2800 |
line1[0] = lineBuffer.data(); |
|
2801 |
line2[0] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width; |
|
2802 |
line1[1] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width * 2; |
|
2803 |
line2[1] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width * 3; |
|
2804 |
line1[2] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width * 4; |
|
2805 |
line2[2] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width * 5; |
|
2806 |
pv[0] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width * 6; |
|
2807 |
pv[1] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width * 7; |
|
2808 |
pv[2] = lineBuffer.data() + src->width * 8; |
|
2809 |
||
2810 |
int endian = (QSysInfo::ByteOrder == QSysInfo::BigEndian); |
|
2811 |
for (int y = 0; y < src->height; y++) { |
|
2812 |
const uchar* q = src_data; |
|
2813 |
const uchar* q2 = y < src->height - 1 ? q + src->bytes_per_line : src->data; |
|
2814 |
uchar *b = dest_data; |
|
2815 |
for (int chan = 0; chan < 3; chan++) { |
|
2816 |
int *l1 = (y&1) ? line2[chan] : line1[chan]; |
|
2817 |
int *l2 = (y&1) ? line1[chan] : line2[chan]; |
|
2818 |
if (y == 0) { |
|
2819 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->width; i++) |
|
2820 |
l1[i] = q[i*4+chan+endian]; |
|
2821 |
} |
|
2822 |
if (y+1 < src->height) { |
|
2823 |
for (int i = 0; i < src->width; i++) |
|
2824 |
l2[i] = q2[i*4+chan+endian]; |
|
2825 |
} |
|
2826 |
// Bi-directional error diffusion |
|
2827 |
if (y&1) { |
|
2828 |
for (int x = 0; x < src->width; x++) { |
|
2829 |
int pix = qMax(qMin(5, (l1[x] * 5 + 128)/ 255), 0); |
|
2830 |
int err = l1[x] - pix * 255 / 5; |
|
2831 |
pv[chan][x] = pix; |
|
2832 |
||
2833 |
// Spread the error around... |
|
2834 |
if (x + 1< src->width) { |
|
2835 |
l1[x+1] += (err*7)>>4; |
|
2836 |
l2[x+1] += err>>4; |
|
2837 |
} |
|
2838 |
l2[x]+=(err*5)>>4; |
|
2839 |
if (x>1) |
|
2840 |
l2[x-1]+=(err*3)>>4; |
|
2841 |
} |
|
2842 |
} else { |
|
2843 |
for (int x = src->width; x-- > 0;) { |
|
2844 |
int pix = qMax(qMin(5, (l1[x] * 5 + 128)/ 255), 0); |
|
2845 |
int err = l1[x] - pix * 255 / 5; |
|
2846 |
pv[chan][x] = pix; |
|
2847 |
||
2848 |
// Spread the error around... |
|
2849 |
if (x > 0) { |
|
2850 |
l1[x-1] += (err*7)>>4; |
|
2851 |
l2[x-1] += err>>4; |
|
2852 |
} |
|
2853 |
l2[x]+=(err*5)>>4; |
|
2854 |
if (x + 1 < src->width) |
|
2855 |
l2[x+1]+=(err*3)>>4; |
|
2856 |
} |
|
2857 |
} |
|
2858 |
} |
|
2859 |
if (endian) { |
|
2860 |
for (int x = 0; x < src->width; x++) { |
|
2861 |
*b++ = INDEXOF(pv[0][x],pv[1][x],pv[2][x]); |
|
2862 |
} |
|
2863 |
} else { |
|
2864 |
for (int x = 0; x < src->width; x++) { |
|
2865 |
*b++ = INDEXOF(pv[2][x],pv[1][x],pv[0][x]); |
|
2866 |
} |
|
2867 |
} |
|
2868 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2869 |
dest_data += dst->bytes_per_line; |
|
2870 |
} |
|
2871 |
} else { // OrderedDither |
|
2872 |
for (int y = 0; y < src->height; y++) { |
|
2873 |
const QRgb *p = (const QRgb *)src_data; |
|
2874 |
const QRgb *end = p + src->width; |
|
2875 |
uchar *b = dest_data; |
|
2876 |
||
2877 |
int x = 0; |
|
2878 |
while (p < end) { |
|
2879 |
uint d = qt_bayer_matrix[y & 15][x & 15] << 8; |
|
2880 |
||
2881 |
#define DITHER(p, d, m) ((uchar) ((((256 * (m) + (m) + 1)) * (p) + (d)) >> 16)) |
|
2882 |
*b++ = |
|
2883 |
INDEXOF( |
|
2884 |
DITHER(qRed(*p), d, MAX_R), |
|
2885 |
DITHER(qGreen(*p), d, MAX_G), |
|
2886 |
DITHER(qBlue(*p), d, MAX_B) |
|
2887 |
); |
|
2888 |
#undef DITHER |
|
2889 |
||
2890 |
p++; |
|
2891 |
x++; |
|
2892 |
} |
|
2893 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2894 |
dest_data += dst->bytes_per_line; |
|
2895 |
} |
|
2896 |
} |
|
2897 |
||
2898 |
if (src->format != QImage::Format_RGB32 |
|
2899 |
&& src->format != QImage::Format_RGB16) { |
|
2900 |
const int trans = 216; |
|
2901 |
Q_ASSERT(dst->colortable.size() > trans); |
|
2902 |
dst->colortable[trans] = 0; |
|
2903 |
QScopedPointer<QImageData> mask(QImageData::create(QSize(src->width, src->height), QImage::Format_Mono)); |
|
2904 |
dither_to_Mono(mask.data(), src, flags, true); |
|
2905 |
uchar *dst_data = dst->data; |
|
2906 |
const uchar *mask_data = mask->data; |
|
2907 |
for (int y = 0; y < src->height; y++) { |
|
2908 |
for (int x = 0; x < src->width ; x++) { |
|
2909 |
if (!(mask_data[x>>3] & (0x80 >> (x & 7)))) |
|
2910 |
dst_data[x] = trans; |
|
2911 |
} |
|
2912 |
mask_data += mask->bytes_per_line; |
|
2913 |
dst_data += dst->bytes_per_line; |
|
2914 |
} |
|
2915 |
dst->has_alpha_clut = true; |
|
2916 |
} |
|
2917 |
||
2918 |
#undef MAX_R |
|
2919 |
#undef MAX_G |
|
2920 |
#undef MAX_B |
|
2921 |
#undef INDEXOF |
|
2922 |
||
2923 |
} |
|
2924 |
} |
|
2925 |
||
2926 |
static void convert_ARGB_PM_to_Indexed8(QImageData *dst, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) |
|
2927 |
{ |
|
2928 |
QScopedPointer<QImageData> tmp(QImageData::create(QSize(src->width, src->height), QImage::Format_ARGB32)); |
|
2929 |
convert_ARGB_PM_to_ARGB(tmp.data(), src, flags); |
|
2930 |
convert_RGB_to_Indexed8(dst, tmp.data(), flags); |
|
2931 |
} |
|
2932 |
||
2933 |
static void convert_ARGB_to_Indexed8(QImageData *dst, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) |
|
2934 |
{ |
|
2935 |
convert_RGB_to_Indexed8(dst, src, flags); |
|
2936 |
} |
|
2937 |
||
2938 |
static void convert_Indexed8_to_X32(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
2939 |
{ |
|
2940 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_Indexed8); |
|
2941 |
Q_ASSERT(dest->format == QImage::Format_RGB32 |
|
2942 |
|| dest->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32 |
|
2943 |
|| dest->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
2944 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
2945 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
2946 |
||
2947 |
QVector<QRgb> colorTable = fix_color_table(src->colortable, dest->format); |
|
2948 |
if (colorTable.size() == 0) { |
|
2949 |
colorTable.resize(256); |
|
2950 |
for (int i=0; i<256; ++i) |
|
2951 |
colorTable[i] = qRgb(i, i, i); |
|
2952 |
||
2953 |
} |
|
2954 |
||
2955 |
int w = src->width; |
|
2956 |
const uchar *src_data = src->data; |
|
2957 |
uchar *dest_data = dest->data; |
|
2958 |
for (int y = 0; y < src->height; y++) { |
|
2959 |
uint *p = (uint *)dest_data; |
|
2960 |
const uchar *b = src_data; |
|
2961 |
uint *end = p + w; |
|
2962 |
||
2963 |
while (p < end) |
|
2964 |
*p++ = colorTable.at(*b++); |
|
2965 |
||
2966 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2967 |
dest_data += dest->bytes_per_line; |
|
2968 |
} |
|
2969 |
} |
|
2970 |
||
2971 |
static void convert_Mono_to_X32(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
2972 |
{ |
|
2973 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_Mono || src->format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB); |
|
2974 |
Q_ASSERT(dest->format == QImage::Format_RGB32 |
|
2975 |
|| dest->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32 |
|
2976 |
|| dest->format == QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
2977 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
2978 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
2979 |
||
2980 |
QVector<QRgb> colorTable = fix_color_table(src->colortable, dest->format); |
|
2981 |
||
2982 |
// Default to black / white colors |
|
2983 |
if (colorTable.size() < 2) { |
|
2984 |
if (colorTable.size() == 0) |
|
2985 |
colorTable << 0xff000000; |
|
2986 |
colorTable << 0xffffffff; |
|
2987 |
} |
|
2988 |
||
2989 |
const uchar *src_data = src->data; |
|
2990 |
uchar *dest_data = dest->data; |
|
2991 |
if (src->format == QImage::Format_Mono) { |
|
2992 |
for (int y = 0; y < dest->height; y++) { |
|
2993 |
register uint *p = (uint *)dest_data; |
|
2994 |
for (int x = 0; x < dest->width; x++) |
|
2995 |
*p++ = colorTable.at((src_data[x>>3] >> (7 - (x & 7))) & 1); |
|
2996 |
||
2997 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
2998 |
dest_data += dest->bytes_per_line; |
|
2999 |
} |
|
3000 |
} else { |
|
3001 |
for (int y = 0; y < dest->height; y++) { |
|
3002 |
register uint *p = (uint *)dest_data; |
|
3003 |
for (int x = 0; x < dest->width; x++) |
|
3004 |
*p++ = colorTable.at((src_data[x>>3] >> (x & 7)) & 1); |
|
3005 |
||
3006 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
3007 |
dest_data += dest->bytes_per_line; |
|
3008 |
} |
|
3009 |
} |
|
3010 |
} |
|
3011 |
||
3012 |
||
3013 |
static void convert_Mono_to_Indexed8(QImageData *dest, const QImageData *src, Qt::ImageConversionFlags) |
|
3014 |
{ |
|
3015 |
Q_ASSERT(src->format == QImage::Format_Mono || src->format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB); |
|
3016 |
Q_ASSERT(dest->format == QImage::Format_Indexed8); |
|
3017 |
Q_ASSERT(src->width == dest->width); |
|
3018 |
Q_ASSERT(src->height == dest->height); |
|
3019 |
||
3020 |
QVector<QRgb> ctbl = src->colortable; |
|
3021 |
if (ctbl.size() > 2) { |
|
3022 |
ctbl.resize(2); |
|
3023 |
} else if (ctbl.size() < 2) { |
|
3024 |
if (ctbl.size() == 0) |
|
3025 |
ctbl << 0xff000000; |
|
3026 |
ctbl << 0xffffffff; |
|
3027 |
} |
|
3028 |
dest->colortable = ctbl; |
|
3029 |
dest->has_alpha_clut = src->has_alpha_clut; |
|
3030 |
||
3031 |
||
3032 |
const uchar *src_data = src->data; |
|
3033 |
uchar *dest_data = dest->data; |
|
3034 |
if (src->format == QImage::Format_Mono) { |
|
3035 |
for (int y = 0; y < dest->height; y++) { |
|
3036 |
register uchar *p = dest_data; |
|
3037 |
for (int x = 0; x < dest->width; x++) |
|
3038 |
*p++ = (src_data[x>>3] >> (7 - (x & 7))) & 1; |
|
3039 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
3040 |
dest_data += dest->bytes_per_line; |
|
3041 |
} |
|
3042 |
} else { |
|
3043 |
for (int y = 0; y < dest->height; y++) { |
|
3044 |
register uchar *p = dest_data; |
|
3045 |
for (int x = 0; x < dest->width; x++) |
|
3046 |
*p++ = (src_data[x>>3] >> (x & 7)) & 1; |
|
3047 |
src_data += src->bytes_per_line; |
|
3048 |
dest_data += dest->bytes_per_line; |
|
3049 |
} |
|
3050 |
} |
|
3051 |
} |
|
3052 |
||
3053 |
#define CONVERT_DECL(DST, SRC) \ |
|
3054 |
static void convert_##SRC##_to_##DST(QImageData *dest, \ |
|
3055 |
const QImageData *src, \ |
|
3056 |
Qt::ImageConversionFlags) \ |
|
3057 |
{ \ |
|
3058 |
qt_rectconvert<DST, SRC>(reinterpret_cast<DST*>(dest->data), \ |
|
3059 |
reinterpret_cast<const SRC*>(src->data), \ |
|
3060 |
0, 0, src->width, src->height, \ |
|
3061 |
dest->bytes_per_line, src->bytes_per_line); \ |
|
3062 |
} |
|
3063 |
||
3064 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, quint16) |
|
3065 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint16, quint32) |
|
3066 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qargb8565) |
|
3067 |
CONVERT_DECL(qargb8565, quint32) |
|
3068 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qrgb555) |
|
3069 |
CONVERT_DECL(qrgb666, quint32) |
|
3070 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qrgb666) |
|
3071 |
CONVERT_DECL(qargb6666, quint32) |
|
3072 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qargb6666) |
|
3073 |
CONVERT_DECL(qrgb555, quint32) |
|
3074 |
#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS) || (defined(QT_QWS_DEPTH_15) && defined(QT_QWS_DEPTH_16)) |
|
3075 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint16, qrgb555) |
|
3076 |
CONVERT_DECL(qrgb555, quint16) |
|
3077 |
#endif |
|
3078 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qrgb888) |
|
3079 |
CONVERT_DECL(qrgb888, quint32) |
|
3080 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qargb8555) |
|
3081 |
CONVERT_DECL(qargb8555, quint32) |
|
3082 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qrgb444) |
|
3083 |
CONVERT_DECL(qrgb444, quint32) |
|
3084 |
CONVERT_DECL(quint32, qargb4444) |
|
3085 |
CONVERT_DECL(qargb4444, quint32) |
|
3086 |
#undef CONVERT_DECL |
|
3087 |
#define CONVERT_PTR(DST, SRC) convert_##SRC##_to_##DST |
|
3088 |
||
3089 |
/* |
|
3090 |
Format_Invalid, |
|
3091 |
Format_Mono, |
|
3092 |
Format_MonoLSB, |
|
3093 |
Format_Indexed8, |
|
3094 |
Format_RGB32, |
|
3095 |
Format_ARGB32, |
|
3096 |
Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied, |
|
3097 |
Format_RGB16, |
|
3098 |
Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied, |
|
3099 |
Format_RGB666, |
|
3100 |
Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied, |
|
3101 |
Format_RGB555, |
|
3102 |
Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied, |
|
3103 |
Format_RGB888 |
|
3104 |
Format_RGB444 |
|
3105 |
Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied |
|
3106 |
*/ |
|
3107 |
||
3108 |
||
3109 |
// first index source, second dest |
|
3110 |
static const Image_Converter converter_map[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats] = |
|
3111 |
{ |
|
3112 |
{ |
|
3113 |
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 |
|
3114 |
}, |
|
3115 |
{ |
|
3116 |
0, |
|
3117 |
0, |
|
3118 |
swap_bit_order, |
|
3119 |
convert_Mono_to_Indexed8, |
|
3120 |
convert_Mono_to_X32, |
|
3121 |
convert_Mono_to_X32, |
|
3122 |
convert_Mono_to_X32, |
|
3123 |
0, |
|
3124 |
0, |
|
3125 |
0, |
|
3126 |
0, |
|
3127 |
0, |
|
3128 |
0, |
|
3129 |
0, |
|
3130 |
0, |
|
3131 |
0 |
|
3132 |
}, // Format_Mono |
|
3133 |
||
3134 |
{ |
|
3135 |
0, |
|
3136 |
swap_bit_order, |
|
3137 |
0, |
|
3138 |
convert_Mono_to_Indexed8, |
|
3139 |
convert_Mono_to_X32, |
|
3140 |
convert_Mono_to_X32, |
|
3141 |
convert_Mono_to_X32, |
|
3142 |
0, |
|
3143 |
0, |
|
3144 |
0, |
|
3145 |
0, |
|
3146 |
0, |
|
3147 |
0, |
|
3148 |
0, |
|
3149 |
0, |
|
3150 |
0 |
|
3151 |
}, // Format_MonoLSB |
|
3152 |
||
3153 |
{ |
|
3154 |
0, |
|
3155 |
convert_X_to_Mono, |
|
3156 |
convert_X_to_Mono, |
|
3157 |
0, |
|
3158 |
convert_Indexed8_to_X32, |
|
3159 |
convert_Indexed8_to_X32, |
|
3160 |
convert_Indexed8_to_X32, |
|
3161 |
0, |
|
3162 |
0, |
|
3163 |
0, |
|
3164 |
0, |
|
3165 |
0, |
|
3166 |
0, |
|
3167 |
0, |
|
3168 |
0, |
|
3169 |
0 |
|
3170 |
}, // Format_Indexed8 |
|
3171 |
||
3172 |
{ |
|
3173 |
0, |
|
3174 |
convert_X_to_Mono, |
|
3175 |
convert_X_to_Mono, |
|
3176 |
convert_RGB_to_Indexed8, |
|
3177 |
0, |
|
3178 |
mask_alpha_converter, |
|
3179 |
mask_alpha_converter, |
|
3180 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint16, quint32), |
|
3181 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb8565, quint32), |
|
3182 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb666, quint32), |
|
3183 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb6666, quint32), |
|
3184 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb555, quint32), |
|
3185 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb8555, quint32), |
|
3186 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb888, quint32), |
|
3187 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb444, quint32), |
|
3188 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb4444, quint32) |
|
3189 |
}, // Format_RGB32 |
|
3190 |
||
3191 |
{ |
|
3192 |
0, |
|
3193 |
convert_X_to_Mono, |
|
3194 |
convert_X_to_Mono, |
|
3195 |
convert_ARGB_to_Indexed8, |
|
3196 |
mask_alpha_converter, |
|
3197 |
0, |
|
3198 |
convert_ARGB_to_ARGB_PM, |
|
3199 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint16, quint32), |
|
3200 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb8565, quint32), |
|
3201 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb666, quint32), |
|
3202 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb6666, quint32), |
|
3203 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb555, quint32), |
|
3204 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb8555, quint32), |
|
3205 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb888, quint32), |
|
3206 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb444, quint32), |
|
3207 |
CONVERT_PTR(qargb4444, quint32) |
|
3208 |
}, // Format_ARGB32 |
|
3209 |
||
3210 |
{ |
|
3211 |
0, |
|
3212 |
convert_ARGB_PM_to_Mono, |
|
3213 |
convert_ARGB_PM_to_Mono, |
|
3214 |
convert_ARGB_PM_to_Indexed8, |
|
3215 |
convert_ARGB_PM_to_RGB, |
|
3216 |
convert_ARGB_PM_to_ARGB, |
|
3217 |
0, |
|
3218 |
0, |
|
3219 |
0, |
|
3220 |
0, |
|
3221 |
0, |
|
3222 |
0, |
|
3223 |
0, |
|
3224 |
0, |
|
3225 |
0, |
|
3226 |
0 |
|
3227 |
}, // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied |
|
3228 |
||
3229 |
{ |
|
3230 |
0, |
|
3231 |
0, |
|
3232 |
0, |
|
3233 |
0, |
|
3234 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, quint16), |
|
3235 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, quint16), |
|
3236 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, quint16), |
|
3237 |
0, |
|
3238 |
0, |
|
3239 |
0, |
|
3240 |
0, |
|
3241 |
#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS) || (defined(QT_QWS_DEPTH_15) && defined(QT_QWS_DEPTH_16)) |
|
3242 |
CONVERT_PTR(qrgb555, quint16), |
|
3243 |
#else |
|
3244 |
0, |
|
3245 |
#endif |
|
3246 |
0, |
|
3247 |
0, |
|
3248 |
0, |
|
3249 |
0 |
|
3250 |
}, // Format_RGB16 |
|
3251 |
||
3252 |
{ |
|
3253 |
0, |
|
3254 |
0, |
|
3255 |
0, |
|
3256 |
0, |
|
3257 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb8565), |
|
3258 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb8565), |
|
3259 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb8565), |
|
3260 |
0, |
|
3261 |
0, |
|
3262 |
0, |
|
3263 |
0, |
|
3264 |
0, |
|
3265 |
0, |
|
3266 |
0, |
|
3267 |
0, |
|
3268 |
0 |
|
3269 |
}, // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied |
|
3270 |
||
3271 |
{ |
|
3272 |
0, |
|
3273 |
0, |
|
3274 |
0, |
|
3275 |
0, |
|
3276 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb666), |
|
3277 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb666), |
|
3278 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb666), |
|
3279 |
0, |
|
3280 |
0, |
|
3281 |
0, |
|
3282 |
0, |
|
3283 |
0, |
|
3284 |
0, |
|
3285 |
0, |
|
3286 |
0, |
|
3287 |
0 |
|
3288 |
}, // Format_RGB666 |
|
3289 |
||
3290 |
{ |
|
3291 |
0, |
|
3292 |
0, |
|
3293 |
0, |
|
3294 |
0, |
|
3295 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb6666), |
|
3296 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb6666), |
|
3297 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb6666), |
|
3298 |
0, |
|
3299 |
0, |
|
3300 |
0, |
|
3301 |
0, |
|
3302 |
0, |
|
3303 |
0, |
|
3304 |
0, |
|
3305 |
0, |
|
3306 |
0 |
|
3307 |
}, // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied |
|
3308 |
||
3309 |
{ |
|
3310 |
0, |
|
3311 |
0, |
|
3312 |
0, |
|
3313 |
0, |
|
3314 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb555), |
|
3315 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb555), |
|
3316 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb555), |
|
3317 |
#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS) || (defined(QT_QWS_DEPTH_15) && defined(QT_QWS_DEPTH_16)) |
|
3318 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint16, qrgb555), |
|
3319 |
#else |
|
3320 |
0, |
|
3321 |
#endif |
|
3322 |
0, |
|
3323 |
0, |
|
3324 |
0, |
|
3325 |
0, |
|
3326 |
0, |
|
3327 |
0, |
|
3328 |
0, |
|
3329 |
0 |
|
3330 |
}, // Format_RGB555 |
|
3331 |
||
3332 |
{ |
|
3333 |
0, |
|
3334 |
0, |
|
3335 |
0, |
|
3336 |
0, |
|
3337 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb8555), |
|
3338 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb8555), |
|
3339 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb8555), |
|
3340 |
0, |
|
3341 |
0, |
|
3342 |
0, |
|
3343 |
0, |
|
3344 |
0, |
|
3345 |
0, |
|
3346 |
0, |
|
3347 |
0, |
|
3348 |
0 |
|
3349 |
}, // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied |
|
3350 |
||
3351 |
{ |
|
3352 |
0, |
|
3353 |
0, |
|
3354 |
0, |
|
3355 |
0, |
|
3356 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb888), |
|
3357 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb888), |
|
3358 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb888), |
|
3359 |
0, |
|
3360 |
0, |
|
3361 |
0, |
|
3362 |
0, |
|
3363 |
0, |
|
3364 |
0, |
|
3365 |
0, |
|
3366 |
0, |
|
3367 |
0 |
|
3368 |
}, // Format_RGB888 |
|
3369 |
||
3370 |
{ |
|
3371 |
0, |
|
3372 |
0, |
|
3373 |
0, |
|
3374 |
0, |
|
3375 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb444), |
|
3376 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb444), |
|
3377 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qrgb444), |
|
3378 |
0, |
|
3379 |
0, |
|
3380 |
0, |
|
3381 |
0, |
|
3382 |
0, |
|
3383 |
0, |
|
3384 |
0, |
|
3385 |
0, |
|
3386 |
0 |
|
3387 |
}, // Format_RGB444 |
|
3388 |
||
3389 |
{ |
|
3390 |
0, |
|
3391 |
0, |
|
3392 |
0, |
|
3393 |
0, |
|
3394 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb4444), |
|
3395 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb4444), |
|
3396 |
CONVERT_PTR(quint32, qargb4444), |
|
3397 |
0, |
|
3398 |
0, |
|
3399 |
0, |
|
3400 |
0, |
|
3401 |
0, |
|
3402 |
0, |
|
3403 |
0, |
|
3404 |
0, |
|
3405 |
0 |
|
3406 |
} // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied |
|
3407 |
}; |
|
3408 |
||
3409 |
/*! |
|
3410 |
Returns a copy of the image in the given \a format. |
|
3411 |
||
3412 |
The specified image conversion \a flags control how the image data |
|
3413 |
is handled during the conversion process. |
|
3414 |
||
3415 |
\sa {QImage#Image Format}{Image Format} |
|
3416 |
*/ |
|
3417 |
QImage QImage::convertToFormat(Format format, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
3418 |
{ |
|
3419 |
if (!d || d->format == format) |
|
3420 |
return *this; |
|
3421 |
||
3422 |
if (format == Format_Invalid || d->format == Format_Invalid) |
|
3423 |
return QImage(); |
|
3424 |
||
3425 |
const Image_Converter *converterPtr = &converter_map[d->format][format]; |
|
3426 |
Image_Converter converter = *converterPtr; |
|
3427 |
if (converter) { |
|
3428 |
QImage image(d->width, d->height, format); |
|
3429 |
||
3430 |
QIMAGE_SANITYCHECK_MEMORY(image); |
|
3431 |
||
3432 |
image.setDotsPerMeterY(dotsPerMeterY()); |
|
3433 |
image.setDotsPerMeterX(dotsPerMeterX()); |
|
3434 |
||
3435 |
#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT) |
|
3436 |
image.d->text = d->text; |
|
3437 |
#endif // !QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT |
|
3438 |
||
3439 |
converter(image.d, d, flags); |
|
3440 |
return image; |
|
3441 |
} |
|
3442 |
||
3443 |
Q_ASSERT(format != QImage::Format_ARGB32); |
|
3444 |
Q_ASSERT(d->format != QImage::Format_ARGB32); |
|
3445 |
||
3446 |
QImage image = convertToFormat(Format_ARGB32, flags); |
|
3447 |
return image.convertToFormat(format, flags); |
|
3448 |
} |
|
3449 |
||
3450 |
||
3451 |
||
3452 |
static inline int pixel_distance(QRgb p1, QRgb p2) { |
|
3453 |
int r1 = qRed(p1); |
|
3454 |
int g1 = qGreen(p1); |
|
3455 |
int b1 = qBlue(p1); |
|
3456 |
int a1 = qAlpha(p1); |
|
3457 |
||
3458 |
int r2 = qRed(p2); |
|
3459 |
int g2 = qGreen(p2); |
|
3460 |
int b2 = qBlue(p2); |
|
3461 |
int a2 = qAlpha(p2); |
|
3462 |
||
3463 |
return abs(r1 - r2) + abs(g1 - g2) + abs(b1 - b2) + abs(a1 - a2); |
|
3464 |
} |
|
3465 |
||
3466 |
static inline int closestMatch(QRgb pixel, const QVector<QRgb> &clut) { |
|
3467 |
int idx = 0; |
|
3468 |
int current_distance = INT_MAX; |
|
3469 |
for (int i=0; i<clut.size(); ++i) { |
|
3470 |
int dist = pixel_distance(pixel, clut.at(i)); |
|
3471 |
if (dist < current_distance) { |
|
3472 |
current_distance = dist; |
|
3473 |
idx = i; |
|
3474 |
} |
|
3475 |
} |
|
3476 |
return idx; |
|
3477 |
} |
|
3478 |
||
3479 |
static QImage convertWithPalette(const QImage &src, QImage::Format format, |
|
3480 |
const QVector<QRgb> &clut) { |
|
3481 |
QImage dest(src.size(), format); |
|
3482 |
dest.setColorTable(clut); |
|
3483 |
||
3484 |
#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT) |
|
3485 |
QString textsKeys = src.text(); |
|
3486 |
QStringList textKeyList = textsKeys.split(QLatin1Char('\n'), QString::SkipEmptyParts); |
|
3487 |
foreach (const QString &textKey, textKeyList) { |
|
3488 |
QStringList textKeySplitted = textKey.split(QLatin1String(": ")); |
|
3489 |
dest.setText(textKeySplitted[0], textKeySplitted[1]); |
|
3490 |
} |
|
3491 |
#endif // !QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT |
|
3492 |
||
3493 |
int h = src.height(); |
|
3494 |
int w = src.width(); |
|
3495 |
||
3496 |
QHash<QRgb, int> cache; |
|
3497 |
||
3498 |
if (format == QImage::Format_Indexed8) { |
|
3499 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
3500 |
QRgb *src_pixels = (QRgb *) src.scanLine(y); |
|
3501 |
uchar *dest_pixels = (uchar *) dest.scanLine(y); |
|
3502 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) { |
|
3503 |
int src_pixel = src_pixels[x]; |
|
3504 |
int value = cache.value(src_pixel, -1); |
|
3505 |
if (value == -1) { |
|
3506 |
value = closestMatch(src_pixel, clut); |
|
3507 |
cache.insert(src_pixel, value); |
|
3508 |
} |
|
3509 |
dest_pixels[x] = (uchar) value; |
|
3510 |
} |
|
3511 |
} |
|
3512 |
} else { |
|
3513 |
QVector<QRgb> table = clut; |
|
3514 |
table.resize(2); |
|
3515 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
3516 |
QRgb *src_pixels = (QRgb *) src.scanLine(y); |
|
3517 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) { |
|
3518 |
int src_pixel = src_pixels[x]; |
|
3519 |
int value = cache.value(src_pixel, -1); |
|
3520 |
if (value == -1) { |
|
3521 |
value = closestMatch(src_pixel, table); |
|
3522 |
cache.insert(src_pixel, value); |
|
3523 |
} |
|
3524 |
dest.setPixel(x, y, value); |
|
3525 |
} |
|
3526 |
} |
|
3527 |
} |
|
3528 |
||
3529 |
return dest; |
|
3530 |
} |
|
3531 |
||
3532 |
/*! |
|
3533 |
\overload |
|
3534 |
||
3535 |
Returns a copy of the image converted to the given \a format, |
|
3536 |
using the specified \a colorTable. |
|
3537 |
||
3538 |
Conversion from 32 bit to 8 bit indexed is a slow operation and |
|
3539 |
will use a straightforward nearest color approach, with no |
|
3540 |
dithering. |
|
3541 |
*/ |
|
3542 |
QImage QImage::convertToFormat(Format format, const QVector<QRgb> &colorTable, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
3543 |
{ |
|
3544 |
if (d->format == format) |
|
3545 |
return *this; |
|
3546 |
||
3547 |
if (format <= QImage::Format_Indexed8 && depth() == 32) { |
|
3548 |
return convertWithPalette(*this, format, colorTable); |
|
3549 |
} |
|
3550 |
||
3551 |
const Image_Converter *converterPtr = &converter_map[d->format][format]; |
|
3552 |
Image_Converter converter = *converterPtr; |
|
3553 |
if (!converter) |
|
3554 |
return QImage(); |
|
3555 |
||
3556 |
QImage image(d->width, d->height, format); |
|
3557 |
QIMAGE_SANITYCHECK_MEMORY(image); |
|
3558 |
||
3559 |
#if !defined(QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT) |
|
3560 |
image.d->text = d->text; |
|
3561 |
#endif // !QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT |
|
3562 |
||
3563 |
converter(image.d, d, flags); |
|
3564 |
return image; |
|
3565 |
} |
|
3566 |
||
3567 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
3568 |
/*! |
|
3569 |
Converts the depth (bpp) of the image to the given \a depth and |
|
3570 |
returns the converted image. The original image is not changed. |
|
3571 |
Returns this image if \a depth is equal to the image depth, or a |
|
3572 |
null image if this image cannot be converted. The \a depth |
|
3573 |
argument must be 1, 8 or 32. If the image needs to be modified to |
|
3574 |
fit in a lower-resolution result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to |
|
3575 |
8-bit), use the \a flags to specify how you'd prefer this to |
|
3576 |
happen. |
|
3577 |
||
3578 |
Use the convertToFormat() function instead. |
|
3579 |
*/ |
|
3580 |
||
3581 |
QImage QImage::convertDepth(int depth, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
3582 |
{ |
|
3583 |
if (!d || d->depth == depth) |
|
3584 |
return *this; |
|
3585 |
||
3586 |
Format format = formatFor (depth, QImage::LittleEndian); |
|
3587 |
return convertToFormat(format, flags); |
|
3588 |
} |
|
3589 |
#endif |
|
3590 |
||
3591 |
/*! |
|
3592 |
\fn bool QImage::valid(const QPoint &pos) const |
|
3593 |
||
3594 |
Returns true if \a pos is a valid coordinate pair within the |
|
3595 |
image; otherwise returns false. |
|
3596 |
||
3597 |
\sa rect(), QRect::contains() |
|
3598 |
*/ |
|
3599 |
||
3600 |
/*! |
|
3601 |
\overload |
|
3602 |
||
3603 |
Returns true if QPoint(\a x, \a y) is a valid coordinate pair |
|
3604 |
within the image; otherwise returns false. |
|
3605 |
*/ |
|
3606 |
bool QImage::valid(int x, int y) const |
|
3607 |
{ |
|
3608 |
return d |
|
3609 |
&& x >= 0 && x < d->width |
|
3610 |
&& y >= 0 && y < d->height; |
|
3611 |
} |
|
3612 |
||
3613 |
/*! |
|
3614 |
\fn int QImage::pixelIndex(const QPoint &position) const |
|
3615 |
||
3616 |
Returns the pixel index at the given \a position. |
|
3617 |
||
3618 |
If \a position is not valid, or if the image is not a paletted |
|
3619 |
image (depth() > 8), the results are undefined. |
|
3620 |
||
3621 |
\sa valid(), depth(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel Manipulation} |
|
3622 |
*/ |
|
3623 |
||
3624 |
/*! |
|
3625 |
\overload |
|
3626 |
||
3627 |
Returns the pixel index at (\a x, \a y). |
|
3628 |
*/ |
|
3629 |
int QImage::pixelIndex(int x, int y) const |
|
3630 |
{ |
|
3631 |
if (!d || x < 0 || x >= d->width || y < 0 || y >= height()) { |
|
3632 |
qWarning("QImage::pixelIndex: coordinate (%d,%d) out of range", x, y); |
|
3633 |
return -12345; |
|
3634 |
} |
|
3635 |
const uchar * s = scanLine(y); |
|
3636 |
switch(d->format) { |
|
3637 |
case Format_Mono: |
|
3638 |
return (*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (7- (x & 7))) & 1; |
|
3639 |
case Format_MonoLSB: |
|
3640 |
return (*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (x & 7)) & 1; |
|
3641 |
case Format_Indexed8: |
|
3642 |
return (int)s[x]; |
|
3643 |
default: |
|
3644 |
qWarning("QImage::pixelIndex: Not applicable for %d-bpp images (no palette)", d->depth); |
|
3645 |
} |
|
3646 |
return 0; |
|
3647 |
} |
|
3648 |
||
3649 |
||
3650 |
/*! |
|
3651 |
\fn QRgb QImage::pixel(const QPoint &position) const |
|
3652 |
||
3653 |
Returns the color of the pixel at the given \a position. |
|
3654 |
||
3655 |
If the \a position is not valid, the results are undefined. |
|
3656 |
||
3657 |
\warning This function is expensive when used for massive pixel |
|
3658 |
manipulations. |
|
3659 |
||
3660 |
\sa setPixel(), valid(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel |
|
3661 |
Manipulation} |
|
3662 |
*/ |
|
3663 |
||
3664 |
/*! |
|
3665 |
\overload |
|
3666 |
||
3667 |
Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\a x, \a y). |
|
3668 |
*/ |
|
3669 |
QRgb QImage::pixel(int x, int y) const |
|
3670 |
{ |
|
3671 |
if (!d || x < 0 || x >= d->width || y < 0 || y >= height()) { |
|
3672 |
qWarning("QImage::pixel: coordinate (%d,%d) out of range", x, y); |
|
3673 |
return 12345; |
|
3674 |
} |
|
3675 |
const uchar * s = scanLine(y); |
|
3676 |
switch(d->format) { |
|
3677 |
case Format_Mono: |
|
3678 |
return d->colortable.at((*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (7- (x & 7))) & 1); |
|
3679 |
case Format_MonoLSB: |
|
3680 |
return d->colortable.at((*(s + (x >> 3)) >> (x & 7)) & 1); |
|
3681 |
case Format_Indexed8: |
|
3682 |
return d->colortable.at((int)s[x]); |
|
3683 |
case Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
3684 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qargb8565>(reinterpret_cast<const qargb8565*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3685 |
case Format_RGB666: |
|
3686 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qrgb666>(reinterpret_cast<const qrgb666*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3687 |
case Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
3688 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qargb6666>(reinterpret_cast<const qargb6666*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3689 |
case Format_RGB555: |
|
3690 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qrgb555>(reinterpret_cast<const qrgb555*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3691 |
case Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
3692 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qargb8555>(reinterpret_cast<const qargb8555*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3693 |
case Format_RGB888: |
|
3694 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qrgb888>(reinterpret_cast<const qrgb888*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3695 |
case Format_RGB444: |
|
3696 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qrgb444>(reinterpret_cast<const qrgb444*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3697 |
case Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
3698 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, qargb4444>(reinterpret_cast<const qargb4444*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3699 |
case Format_RGB16: |
|
3700 |
return qt_colorConvert<quint32, quint16>(reinterpret_cast<const quint16*>(s)[x], 0); |
|
3701 |
default: |
|
3702 |
return ((QRgb*)s)[x]; |
|
3703 |
} |
|
3704 |
} |
|
3705 |
||
3706 |
||
3707 |
/*! |
|
3708 |
\fn void QImage::setPixel(const QPoint &position, uint index_or_rgb) |
|
3709 |
||
3710 |
Sets the pixel index or color at the given \a position to \a |
|
3711 |
index_or_rgb. |
|
3712 |
||
3713 |
If the image's format is either monochrome or 8-bit, the given \a |
|
3714 |
index_or_rgb value must be an index in the image's color table, |
|
3715 |
otherwise the parameter must be a QRgb value. |
|
3716 |
||
3717 |
If \a position is not a valid coordinate pair in the image, or if |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
\a index_or_rgb >= colorCount() in the case of monochrome and |
0 | 3719 |
8-bit images, the result is undefined. |
3720 |
||
3721 |
\warning This function is expensive due to the call of the internal |
|
3722 |
\c{detach()} function called within; if performance is a concern, we |
|
3723 |
recommend the use of \l{QImage::}{scanLine()} to access pixel data |
|
3724 |
directly. |
|
3725 |
||
3726 |
\sa pixel(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel Manipulation} |
|
3727 |
*/ |
|
3728 |
||
3729 |
/*! |
|
3730 |
\overload |
|
3731 |
||
3732 |
Sets the pixel index or color at (\a x, \a y) to \a index_or_rgb. |
|
3733 |
*/ |
|
3734 |
void QImage::setPixel(int x, int y, uint index_or_rgb) |
|
3735 |
{ |
|
3736 |
if (!d || x < 0 || x >= width() || y < 0 || y >= height()) { |
|
3737 |
qWarning("QImage::setPixel: coordinate (%d,%d) out of range", x, y); |
|
3738 |
return; |
|
3739 |
} |
|
3740 |
// detach is called from within scanLine |
|
3741 |
uchar * s = scanLine(y); |
|
3742 |
const quint32p p = quint32p::fromRawData(index_or_rgb); |
|
3743 |
switch(d->format) { |
|
3744 |
case Format_Mono: |
|
3745 |
case Format_MonoLSB: |
|
3746 |
if (index_or_rgb > 1) { |
|
3747 |
qWarning("QImage::setPixel: Index %d out of range", index_or_rgb); |
|
3748 |
} else if (format() == Format_MonoLSB) { |
|
3749 |
if (index_or_rgb==0) |
|
3750 |
*(s + (x >> 3)) &= ~(1 << (x & 7)); |
|
3751 |
else |
|
3752 |
*(s + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (x & 7)); |
|
3753 |
} else { |
|
3754 |
if (index_or_rgb==0) |
|
3755 |
*(s + (x >> 3)) &= ~(1 << (7-(x & 7))); |
|
3756 |
else |
|
3757 |
*(s + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (7-(x & 7))); |
|
3758 |
} |
|
3759 |
break; |
|
3760 |
case Format_Indexed8: |
|
3761 |
if (index_or_rgb > (uint)d->colortable.size()) { |
|
3762 |
qWarning("QImage::setPixel: Index %d out of range", index_or_rgb); |
|
3763 |
return; |
|
3764 |
} |
|
3765 |
s[x] = index_or_rgb; |
|
3766 |
break; |
|
3767 |
case Format_RGB32: |
|
3768 |
//make sure alpha is 255, we depend on it in qdrawhelper for cases |
|
3769 |
// when image is set as a texture pattern on a qbrush |
|
3770 |
((uint *)s)[x] = uint(255 << 24) | index_or_rgb; |
|
3771 |
break; |
|
3772 |
case Format_ARGB32: |
|
3773 |
case Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied: |
|
3774 |
((uint *)s)[x] = index_or_rgb; |
|
3775 |
break; |
|
3776 |
case Format_RGB16: |
|
3777 |
((quint16 *)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<quint16, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3778 |
break; |
|
3779 |
case Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
3780 |
((qargb8565*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qargb8565, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3781 |
break; |
|
3782 |
case Format_RGB666: |
|
3783 |
((qrgb666*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qrgb666, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3784 |
break; |
|
3785 |
case Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
3786 |
((qargb6666*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qargb6666, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3787 |
break; |
|
3788 |
case Format_RGB555: |
|
3789 |
((qrgb555*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qrgb555, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3790 |
break; |
|
3791 |
case Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
3792 |
((qargb8555*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qargb8555, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3793 |
break; |
|
3794 |
case Format_RGB888: |
|
3795 |
((qrgb888*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qrgb888, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3796 |
break; |
|
3797 |
case Format_RGB444: |
|
3798 |
((qrgb444*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qrgb444, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3799 |
break; |
|
3800 |
case Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
3801 |
((qargb4444*)s)[x] = qt_colorConvert<qargb4444, quint32p>(p, 0); |
|
3802 |
break; |
|
3803 |
case Format_Invalid: |
|
3804 |
case NImageFormats: |
|
3805 |
Q_ASSERT(false); |
|
3806 |
} |
|
3807 |
} |
|
3808 |
||
3809 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
3810 |
/*! |
|
3811 |
Converts the bit order of the image to the given \a bitOrder and |
|
3812 |
returns the converted image. The original image is not changed. |
|
3813 |
Returns this image if the given \a bitOrder is equal to the image |
|
3814 |
current bit order, or a null image if this image cannot be |
|
3815 |
converted. |
|
3816 |
||
3817 |
Use convertToFormat() instead. |
|
3818 |
*/ |
|
3819 |
||
3820 |
QImage QImage::convertBitOrder(Endian bitOrder) const |
|
3821 |
{ |
|
3822 |
if (!d || isNull() || d->depth != 1 || !(bitOrder == BigEndian || bitOrder == LittleEndian)) |
|
3823 |
return QImage(); |
|
3824 |
||
3825 |
if ((d->format == Format_Mono && bitOrder == BigEndian) |
|
3826 |
|| (d->format == Format_MonoLSB && bitOrder == LittleEndian)) |
|
3827 |
return *this; |
|
3828 |
||
3829 |
QImage image(d->width, d->height, d->format == Format_Mono ? Format_MonoLSB : Format_Mono); |
|
3830 |
||
3831 |
const uchar *data = d->data; |
|
3832 |
const uchar *end = data + d->nbytes; |
|
3833 |
uchar *ndata = image.d->data; |
|
3834 |
while (data < end) |
|
3835 |
*ndata++ = bitflip[*data++]; |
|
3836 |
||
3837 |
image.setDotsPerMeterX(dotsPerMeterX()); |
|
3838 |
image.setDotsPerMeterY(dotsPerMeterY()); |
|
3839 |
||
3840 |
image.d->colortable = d->colortable; |
|
3841 |
return image; |
|
3842 |
} |
|
3843 |
#endif |
|
3844 |
/*! |
|
3845 |
Returns true if all the colors in the image are shades of gray |
|
3846 |
(i.e. their red, green and blue components are equal); otherwise |
|
3847 |
false. |
|
3848 |
||
3849 |
Note that this function is slow for images without color table. |
|
3850 |
||
3851 |
\sa isGrayscale() |
|
3852 |
*/ |
|
3853 |
bool QImage::allGray() const |
|
3854 |
{ |
|
3855 |
if (!d) |
|
3856 |
return true; |
|
3857 |
||
3858 |
if (d->depth == 32) { |
|
3859 |
int p = width()*height(); |
|
3860 |
const QRgb* b = (const QRgb*)bits(); |
|
3861 |
while (p--) |
|
3862 |
if (!qIsGray(*b++)) |
|
3863 |
return false; |
|
3864 |
} else if (d->depth == 16) { |
|
3865 |
int p = width()*height(); |
|
3866 |
const ushort* b = (const ushort *)bits(); |
|
3867 |
while (p--) |
|
3868 |
if (!qIsGray(qt_colorConvert<quint32, quint16>(*b++, 0))) |
|
3869 |
return false; |
|
3870 |
} else if (d->format == QImage::Format_RGB888) { |
|
3871 |
int p = width()*height(); |
|
3872 |
const qrgb888* b = (const qrgb888 *)bits(); |
|
3873 |
while (p--) |
|
3874 |
if (!qIsGray(qt_colorConvert<quint32, qrgb888>(*b++, 0))) |
|
3875 |
return false; |
|
3876 |
} else { |
|
3877 |
if (d->colortable.isEmpty()) |
|
3878 |
return true; |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
3879 |
for (int i = 0; i < colorCount(); i++) |
0 | 3880 |
if (!qIsGray(d->colortable.at(i))) |
3881 |
return false; |
|
3882 |
} |
|
3883 |
return true; |
|
3884 |
} |
|
3885 |
||
3886 |
/*! |
|
3887 |
For 32-bit images, this function is equivalent to allGray(). |
|
3888 |
||
3889 |
For 8-bpp images, this function returns true if color(i) is |
|
3890 |
QRgb(i, i, i) for all indexes of the color table; otherwise |
|
3891 |
returns false. |
|
3892 |
||
3893 |
\sa allGray(), {QImage#Image Formats}{Image Formats} |
|
3894 |
*/ |
|
3895 |
bool QImage::isGrayscale() const |
|
3896 |
{ |
|
3897 |
if (!d) |
|
3898 |
return false; |
|
3899 |
||
3900 |
switch (depth()) { |
|
3901 |
case 32: |
|
3902 |
case 24: |
|
3903 |
case 16: |
|
3904 |
return allGray(); |
|
3905 |
case 8: { |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
3906 |
for (int i = 0; i < colorCount(); i++) |
0 | 3907 |
if (d->colortable.at(i) != qRgb(i,i,i)) |
3908 |
return false; |
|
3909 |
return true; |
|
3910 |
} |
|
3911 |
} |
|
3912 |
return false; |
|
3913 |
} |
|
3914 |
||
3915 |
||
3916 |
/*! |
|
3917 |
\fn QImage QImage::smoothScale(int width, int height, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) const |
|
3918 |
||
3919 |
Use scaled() instead. |
|
3920 |
||
3921 |
\oldcode |
|
3922 |
QImage image; |
|
3923 |
image.smoothScale(width, height, mode); |
|
3924 |
\newcode |
|
3925 |
QImage image; |
|
3926 |
image.scaled(width, height, mode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); |
|
3927 |
\endcode |
|
3928 |
*/ |
|
3929 |
||
3930 |
/*! |
|
3931 |
\fn QImage QImage::smoothScale(const QSize &size, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) const |
|
3932 |
\overload |
|
3933 |
||
3934 |
Use scaled() instead. |
|
3935 |
||
3936 |
\oldcode |
|
3937 |
QImage image; |
|
3938 |
image.smoothScale(size, mode); |
|
3939 |
\newcode |
|
3940 |
QImage image; |
|
3941 |
image.scaled(size, mode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); |
|
3942 |
\endcode |
|
3943 |
*/ |
|
3944 |
||
3945 |
/*! |
|
3946 |
\fn QImage QImage::scaled(int width, int height, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode, |
|
3947 |
Qt::TransformationMode transformMode) const |
|
3948 |
\overload |
|
3949 |
||
3950 |
Returns a copy of the image scaled to a rectangle with the given |
|
3951 |
\a width and \a height according to the given \a aspectRatioMode |
|
3952 |
and \a transformMode. |
|
3953 |
||
3954 |
If either the \a width or the \a height is zero or negative, this |
|
3955 |
function returns a null image. |
|
3956 |
*/ |
|
3957 |
||
3958 |
/*! |
|
3959 |
\fn QImage QImage::scaled(const QSize &size, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode, |
|
3960 |
Qt::TransformationMode transformMode) const |
|
3961 |
||
3962 |
Returns a copy of the image scaled to a rectangle defined by the |
|
3963 |
given \a size according to the given \a aspectRatioMode and \a |
|
3964 |
transformMode. |
|
3965 |
||
3966 |
\image qimage-scaling.png |
|
3967 |
||
3968 |
\list |
|
3969 |
\i If \a aspectRatioMode is Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, the image |
|
3970 |
is scaled to \a size. |
|
3971 |
\i If \a aspectRatioMode is Qt::KeepAspectRatio, the image is |
|
3972 |
scaled to a rectangle as large as possible inside \a size, preserving the aspect ratio. |
|
3973 |
\i If \a aspectRatioMode is Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding, |
|
3974 |
the image is scaled to a rectangle as small as possible |
|
3975 |
outside \a size, preserving the aspect ratio. |
|
3976 |
\endlist |
|
3977 |
||
3978 |
If the given \a size is empty, this function returns a null image. |
|
3979 |
||
3980 |
\sa isNull(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
3981 |
Transformations} |
|
3982 |
*/ |
|
3983 |
QImage QImage::scaled(const QSize& s, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectMode, Qt::TransformationMode mode) const |
|
3984 |
{ |
|
3985 |
if (!d) { |
|
3986 |
qWarning("QImage::scaled: Image is a null image"); |
|
3987 |
return QImage(); |
|
3988 |
} |
|
3989 |
if (s.isEmpty()) |
|
3990 |
return QImage(); |
|
3991 |
||
3992 |
QSize newSize = size(); |
|
3993 |
newSize.scale(s, aspectMode); |
|
3994 |
if (newSize == size()) |
|
4
3b1da2848fc7
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
3
diff
changeset
|
3995 |
return *this; |
0 | 3996 |
|
3997 |
QTransform wm = QTransform::fromScale((qreal)newSize.width() / width(), (qreal)newSize.height() / height()); |
|
3998 |
QImage img = transformed(wm, mode); |
|
3999 |
return img; |
|
4000 |
} |
|
4001 |
||
4002 |
/*! |
|
4003 |
\fn QImage QImage::scaledToWidth(int width, Qt::TransformationMode mode) const |
|
4004 |
||
4005 |
Returns a scaled copy of the image. The returned image is scaled |
|
4006 |
to the given \a width using the specified transformation \a |
|
4007 |
mode. |
|
4008 |
||
4009 |
This function automatically calculates the height of the image so |
|
4010 |
that its aspect ratio is preserved. |
|
4011 |
||
4012 |
If the given \a width is 0 or negative, a null image is returned. |
|
4013 |
||
4014 |
\sa {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
4015 |
*/ |
|
4016 |
QImage QImage::scaledToWidth(int w, Qt::TransformationMode mode) const |
|
4017 |
{ |
|
4018 |
if (!d) { |
|
4019 |
qWarning("QImage::scaleWidth: Image is a null image"); |
|
4020 |
return QImage(); |
|
4021 |
} |
|
4022 |
if (w <= 0) |
|
4023 |
return QImage(); |
|
4024 |
||
4025 |
qreal factor = (qreal) w / width(); |
|
4026 |
QTransform wm = QTransform::fromScale(factor, factor); |
|
4027 |
return transformed(wm, mode); |
|
4028 |
} |
|
4029 |
||
4030 |
/*! |
|
4031 |
\fn QImage QImage::scaledToHeight(int height, Qt::TransformationMode mode) const |
|
4032 |
||
4033 |
Returns a scaled copy of the image. The returned image is scaled |
|
4034 |
to the given \a height using the specified transformation \a |
|
4035 |
mode. |
|
4036 |
||
4037 |
This function automatically calculates the width of the image so that |
|
4038 |
the ratio of the image is preserved. |
|
4039 |
||
4040 |
If the given \a height is 0 or negative, a null image is returned. |
|
4041 |
||
4042 |
\sa {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
4043 |
*/ |
|
4044 |
QImage QImage::scaledToHeight(int h, Qt::TransformationMode mode) const |
|
4045 |
{ |
|
4046 |
if (!d) { |
|
4047 |
qWarning("QImage::scaleHeight: Image is a null image"); |
|
4048 |
return QImage(); |
|
4049 |
} |
|
4050 |
if (h <= 0) |
|
4051 |
return QImage(); |
|
4052 |
||
4053 |
qreal factor = (qreal) h / height(); |
|
4054 |
QTransform wm = QTransform::fromScale(factor, factor); |
|
4055 |
return transformed(wm, mode); |
|
4056 |
} |
|
4057 |
||
4058 |
||
4059 |
/*! |
|
4060 |
\fn QMatrix QImage::trueMatrix(const QMatrix &matrix, int width, int height) |
|
4061 |
||
4062 |
Returns the actual matrix used for transforming an image with the |
|
4063 |
given \a width, \a height and \a matrix. |
|
4064 |
||
4065 |
When transforming an image using the transformed() function, the |
|
4066 |
transformation matrix is internally adjusted to compensate for |
|
4067 |
unwanted translation, i.e. transformed() returns the smallest |
|
4068 |
image containing all transformed points of the original image. |
|
4069 |
This function returns the modified matrix, which maps points |
|
4070 |
correctly from the original image into the new image. |
|
4071 |
||
4072 |
\sa transformed(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
4073 |
Transformations} |
|
4074 |
*/ |
|
4075 |
QMatrix QImage::trueMatrix(const QMatrix &matrix, int w, int h) |
|
4076 |
{ |
|
4077 |
return trueMatrix(QTransform(matrix), w, h).toAffine(); |
|
4078 |
} |
|
4079 |
||
4080 |
/*! |
|
4081 |
Returns a copy of the image that is transformed using the given |
|
4082 |
transformation \a matrix and transformation \a mode. |
|
4083 |
||
4084 |
The transformation \a matrix is internally adjusted to compensate |
|
4085 |
for unwanted translation; i.e. the image produced is the smallest |
|
4086 |
image that contains all the transformed points of the original |
|
4087 |
image. Use the trueMatrix() function to retrieve the actual matrix |
|
4088 |
used for transforming an image. |
|
4089 |
||
4090 |
\sa trueMatrix(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
4091 |
Transformations} |
|
4092 |
*/ |
|
4093 |
QImage QImage::transformed(const QMatrix &matrix, Qt::TransformationMode mode) const |
|
4094 |
{ |
|
4095 |
return transformed(QTransform(matrix), mode); |
|
4096 |
} |
|
4097 |
||
4098 |
/*! |
|
4099 |
Builds and returns a 1-bpp mask from the alpha buffer in this |
|
4100 |
image. Returns a null image if the image's format is |
|
4101 |
QImage::Format_RGB32. |
|
4102 |
||
4103 |
The \a flags argument is a bitwise-OR of the |
|
4104 |
Qt::ImageConversionFlags, and controls the conversion |
|
4105 |
process. Passing 0 for flags sets all the default options. |
|
4106 |
||
4107 |
The returned image has little-endian bit order (i.e. the image's |
|
4108 |
format is QImage::Format_MonoLSB), which you can convert to |
|
4109 |
big-endian (QImage::Format_Mono) using the convertToFormat() |
|
4110 |
function. |
|
4111 |
||
4112 |
\sa createHeuristicMask(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
4113 |
Transformations} |
|
4114 |
*/ |
|
4115 |
QImage QImage::createAlphaMask(Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
4116 |
{ |
|
4117 |
if (!d || d->format == QImage::Format_RGB32) |
|
4118 |
return QImage(); |
|
4119 |
||
4120 |
if (d->depth == 1) { |
|
4121 |
// A monochrome pixmap, with alpha channels on those two colors. |
|
4122 |
// Pretty unlikely, so use less efficient solution. |
|
4123 |
return convertToFormat(Format_Indexed8, flags).createAlphaMask(flags); |
|
4124 |
} |
|
4125 |
||
4126 |
QImage mask(d->width, d->height, Format_MonoLSB); |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
4127 |
if (!mask.isNull()) |
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
4128 |
dither_to_Mono(mask.d, d, flags, true); |
0 | 4129 |
return mask; |
4130 |
} |
|
4131 |
||
4132 |
#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK |
|
4133 |
/*! |
|
4134 |
Creates and returns a 1-bpp heuristic mask for this image. |
|
4135 |
||
4136 |
The function works by selecting a color from one of the corners, |
|
4137 |
then chipping away pixels of that color starting at all the edges. |
|
4138 |
The four corners vote for which color is to be masked away. In |
|
4139 |
case of a draw (this generally means that this function is not |
|
4140 |
applicable to the image), the result is arbitrary. |
|
4141 |
||
4142 |
The returned image has little-endian bit order (i.e. the image's |
|
4143 |
format is QImage::Format_MonoLSB), which you can convert to |
|
4144 |
big-endian (QImage::Format_Mono) using the convertToFormat() |
|
4145 |
function. |
|
4146 |
||
4147 |
If \a clipTight is true (the default) the mask is just large |
|
4148 |
enough to cover the pixels; otherwise, the mask is larger than the |
|
4149 |
data pixels. |
|
4150 |
||
4151 |
Note that this function disregards the alpha buffer. |
|
4152 |
||
4153 |
\sa createAlphaMask(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
4154 |
Transformations} |
|
4155 |
*/ |
|
4156 |
||
4157 |
QImage QImage::createHeuristicMask(bool clipTight) const |
|
4158 |
{ |
|
4159 |
if (!d) |
|
4160 |
return QImage(); |
|
4161 |
||
4162 |
if (d->depth != 32) { |
|
4163 |
QImage img32 = convertToFormat(Format_RGB32); |
|
4164 |
return img32.createHeuristicMask(clipTight); |
|
4165 |
} |
|
4166 |
||
4167 |
#define PIX(x,y) (*((QRgb*)scanLine(y)+x) & 0x00ffffff) |
|
4168 |
||
4169 |
int w = width(); |
|
4170 |
int h = height(); |
|
4171 |
QImage m(w, h, Format_MonoLSB); |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
4172 |
m.setColorCount(2); |
0 | 4173 |
m.setColor(0, QColor(Qt::color0).rgba()); |
4174 |
m.setColor(1, QColor(Qt::color1).rgba()); |
|
4175 |
m.fill(0xff); |
|
4176 |
||
4177 |
QRgb background = PIX(0,0); |
|
4178 |
if (background != PIX(w-1,0) && |
|
4179 |
background != PIX(0,h-1) && |
|
4180 |
background != PIX(w-1,h-1)) { |
|
4181 |
background = PIX(w-1,0); |
|
4182 |
if (background != PIX(w-1,h-1) && |
|
4183 |
background != PIX(0,h-1) && |
|
4184 |
PIX(0,h-1) == PIX(w-1,h-1)) { |
|
4185 |
background = PIX(w-1,h-1); |
|
4186 |
} |
|
4187 |
} |
|
4188 |
||
4189 |
int x,y; |
|
4190 |
bool done = false; |
|
4191 |
uchar *ypp, *ypc, *ypn; |
|
4192 |
while(!done) { |
|
4193 |
done = true; |
|
4194 |
ypn = m.scanLine(0); |
|
4195 |
ypc = 0; |
|
4196 |
for (y = 0; y < h; y++) { |
|
4197 |
ypp = ypc; |
|
4198 |
ypc = ypn; |
|
4199 |
ypn = (y == h-1) ? 0 : m.scanLine(y+1); |
|
4200 |
QRgb *p = (QRgb *)scanLine(y); |
|
4201 |
for (x = 0; x < w; x++) { |
|
4202 |
// slowness here - it's possible to do six of these tests |
|
4203 |
// together in one go. oh well. |
|
4204 |
if ((x == 0 || y == 0 || x == w-1 || y == h-1 || |
|
4205 |
!(*(ypc + ((x-1) >> 3)) & (1 << ((x-1) & 7))) || |
|
4206 |
!(*(ypc + ((x+1) >> 3)) & (1 << ((x+1) & 7))) || |
|
4207 |
!(*(ypp + (x >> 3)) & (1 << (x & 7))) || |
|
4208 |
!(*(ypn + (x >> 3)) & (1 << (x & 7)))) && |
|
4209 |
( (*(ypc + (x >> 3)) & (1 << (x & 7)))) && |
|
4210 |
((*p & 0x00ffffff) == background)) { |
|
4211 |
done = false; |
|
4212 |
*(ypc + (x >> 3)) &= ~(1 << (x & 7)); |
|
4213 |
} |
|
4214 |
p++; |
|
4215 |
} |
|
4216 |
} |
|
4217 |
} |
|
4218 |
||
4219 |
if (!clipTight) { |
|
4220 |
ypn = m.scanLine(0); |
|
4221 |
ypc = 0; |
|
4222 |
for (y = 0; y < h; y++) { |
|
4223 |
ypp = ypc; |
|
4224 |
ypc = ypn; |
|
4225 |
ypn = (y == h-1) ? 0 : m.scanLine(y+1); |
|
4226 |
QRgb *p = (QRgb *)scanLine(y); |
|
4227 |
for (x = 0; x < w; x++) { |
|
4228 |
if ((*p & 0x00ffffff) != background) { |
|
4229 |
if (x > 0) |
|
4230 |
*(ypc + ((x-1) >> 3)) |= (1 << ((x-1) & 7)); |
|
4231 |
if (x < w-1) |
|
4232 |
*(ypc + ((x+1) >> 3)) |= (1 << ((x+1) & 7)); |
|
4233 |
if (y > 0) |
|
4234 |
*(ypp + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (x & 7)); |
|
4235 |
if (y < h-1) |
|
4236 |
*(ypn + (x >> 3)) |= (1 << (x & 7)); |
|
4237 |
} |
|
4238 |
p++; |
|
4239 |
} |
|
4240 |
} |
|
4241 |
} |
|
4242 |
||
4243 |
#undef PIX |
|
4244 |
||
4245 |
return m; |
|
4246 |
} |
|
4247 |
#endif //QT_NO_IMAGE_HEURISTIC_MASK |
|
4248 |
||
4249 |
/*! |
|
4250 |
Creates and returns a mask for this image based on the given \a |
|
4251 |
color value. If the \a mode is MaskInColor (the default value), |
|
4252 |
all pixels matching \a color will be opaque pixels in the mask. If |
|
4253 |
\a mode is MaskOutColor, all pixels matching the given color will |
|
4254 |
be transparent. |
|
4255 |
||
4256 |
\sa createAlphaMask(), createHeuristicMask() |
|
4257 |
*/ |
|
4258 |
||
4259 |
QImage QImage::createMaskFromColor(QRgb color, Qt::MaskMode mode) const |
|
4260 |
{ |
|
4261 |
if (!d) |
|
4262 |
return QImage(); |
|
4263 |
QImage maskImage(size(), QImage::Format_MonoLSB); |
|
4264 |
maskImage.fill(0); |
|
4265 |
uchar *s = maskImage.bits(); |
|
4266 |
||
4267 |
if (depth() == 32) { |
|
4268 |
for (int h = 0; h < d->height; h++) { |
|
4269 |
const uint *sl = (uint *) scanLine(h); |
|
4270 |
for (int w = 0; w < d->width; w++) { |
|
4271 |
if (sl[w] == color) |
|
4272 |
*(s + (w >> 3)) |= (1 << (w & 7)); |
|
4273 |
} |
|
4274 |
s += maskImage.bytesPerLine(); |
|
4275 |
} |
|
4276 |
} else { |
|
4277 |
for (int h = 0; h < d->height; h++) { |
|
4278 |
for (int w = 0; w < d->width; w++) { |
|
4279 |
if ((uint) pixel(w, h) == color) |
|
4280 |
*(s + (w >> 3)) |= (1 << (w & 7)); |
|
4281 |
} |
|
4282 |
s += maskImage.bytesPerLine(); |
|
4283 |
} |
|
4284 |
} |
|
4285 |
if (mode == Qt::MaskOutColor) |
|
4286 |
maskImage.invertPixels(); |
|
4287 |
return maskImage; |
|
4288 |
} |
|
4289 |
||
4290 |
||
4291 |
/* |
|
4292 |
This code is contributed by Philipp Lang, |
|
4293 |
GeneriCom Software Germany (www.generi.com) |
|
4294 |
under the terms of the QPL, Version 1.0 |
|
4295 |
*/ |
|
4296 |
||
4297 |
/*! |
|
4298 |
\fn QImage QImage::mirror(bool horizontal, bool vertical) const |
|
4299 |
||
4300 |
Use mirrored() instead. |
|
4301 |
*/ |
|
4302 |
||
4303 |
/*! |
|
4304 |
Returns a mirror of the image, mirrored in the horizontal and/or |
|
4305 |
the vertical direction depending on whether \a horizontal and \a |
|
4306 |
vertical are set to true or false. |
|
4307 |
||
4308 |
Note that the original image is not changed. |
|
4309 |
||
4310 |
\sa {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
4311 |
*/ |
|
4312 |
QImage QImage::mirrored(bool horizontal, bool vertical) const |
|
4313 |
{ |
|
4314 |
if (!d) |
|
4315 |
return QImage(); |
|
4316 |
||
4317 |
if ((d->width <= 1 && d->height <= 1) || (!horizontal && !vertical)) |
|
4318 |
return *this; |
|
4319 |
||
4320 |
int w = d->width; |
|
4321 |
int h = d->height; |
|
4322 |
// Create result image, copy colormap |
|
4323 |
QImage result(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4324 |
||
4325 |
// check if we ran out of of memory.. |
|
4326 |
if (!result.d) |
|
4327 |
return QImage(); |
|
4328 |
||
4329 |
result.d->colortable = d->colortable; |
|
4330 |
result.d->has_alpha_clut = d->has_alpha_clut; |
|
4331 |
||
4332 |
if (depth() == 1) |
|
4333 |
w = (w+7)/8; |
|
4334 |
int dxi = horizontal ? -1 : 1; |
|
4335 |
int dxs = horizontal ? w-1 : 0; |
|
4336 |
int dyi = vertical ? -1 : 1; |
|
4337 |
int dy = vertical ? h-1: 0; |
|
4338 |
||
4339 |
// 1 bit, 8 bit |
|
4340 |
if (d->depth == 1 || d->depth == 8) { |
|
4341 |
for (int sy = 0; sy < h; sy++, dy += dyi) { |
|
4342 |
quint8* ssl = (quint8*)(d->data + sy*d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4343 |
quint8* dsl = (quint8*)(result.d->data + dy*result.d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4344 |
int dx = dxs; |
|
4345 |
for (int sx = 0; sx < w; sx++, dx += dxi) |
|
4346 |
dsl[dx] = ssl[sx]; |
|
4347 |
} |
|
4348 |
} |
|
4349 |
// 16 bit |
|
4350 |
else if (d->depth == 16) { |
|
4351 |
for (int sy = 0; sy < h; sy++, dy += dyi) { |
|
4352 |
quint16* ssl = (quint16*)(d->data + sy*d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4353 |
quint16* dsl = (quint16*)(result.d->data + dy*result.d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4354 |
int dx = dxs; |
|
4355 |
for (int sx = 0; sx < w; sx++, dx += dxi) |
|
4356 |
dsl[dx] = ssl[sx]; |
|
4357 |
} |
|
4358 |
} |
|
4359 |
// 24 bit |
|
4360 |
else if (d->depth == 24) { |
|
4361 |
for (int sy = 0; sy < h; sy++, dy += dyi) { |
|
4362 |
quint24* ssl = (quint24*)(d->data + sy*d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4363 |
quint24* dsl = (quint24*)(result.d->data + dy*result.d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4364 |
int dx = dxs; |
|
4365 |
for (int sx = 0; sx < w; sx++, dx += dxi) |
|
4366 |
dsl[dx] = ssl[sx]; |
|
4367 |
} |
|
4368 |
} |
|
4369 |
// 32 bit |
|
4370 |
else if (d->depth == 32) { |
|
4371 |
for (int sy = 0; sy < h; sy++, dy += dyi) { |
|
4372 |
quint32* ssl = (quint32*)(d->data + sy*d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4373 |
quint32* dsl = (quint32*)(result.d->data + dy*result.d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4374 |
int dx = dxs; |
|
4375 |
for (int sx = 0; sx < w; sx++, dx += dxi) |
|
4376 |
dsl[dx] = ssl[sx]; |
|
4377 |
} |
|
4378 |
} |
|
4379 |
||
4380 |
// special handling of 1 bit images for horizontal mirroring |
|
4381 |
if (horizontal && d->depth == 1) { |
|
4382 |
int shift = width() % 8; |
|
4383 |
for (int y = h-1; y >= 0; y--) { |
|
4384 |
quint8* a0 = (quint8*)(result.d->data + y*d->bytes_per_line); |
|
4385 |
// Swap bytes |
|
4386 |
quint8* a = a0+dxs; |
|
4387 |
while (a >= a0) { |
|
4388 |
*a = bitflip[*a]; |
|
4389 |
a--; |
|
4390 |
} |
|
4391 |
// Shift bits if unaligned |
|
4392 |
if (shift != 0) { |
|
4393 |
a = a0+dxs; |
|
4394 |
quint8 c = 0; |
|
4395 |
if (format() == Format_MonoLSB) { |
|
4396 |
while (a >= a0) { |
|
4397 |
quint8 nc = *a << shift; |
|
4398 |
*a = (*a >> (8-shift)) | c; |
|
4399 |
--a; |
|
4400 |
c = nc; |
|
4401 |
} |
|
4402 |
} else { |
|
4403 |
while (a >= a0) { |
|
4404 |
quint8 nc = *a >> shift; |
|
4405 |
*a = (*a << (8-shift)) | c; |
|
4406 |
--a; |
|
4407 |
c = nc; |
|
4408 |
} |
|
4409 |
} |
|
4410 |
} |
|
4411 |
} |
|
4412 |
} |
|
4413 |
||
4414 |
return result; |
|
4415 |
} |
|
4416 |
||
4417 |
/*! |
|
4418 |
\fn QImage QImage::swapRGB() const |
|
4419 |
||
4420 |
Use rgbSwapped() instead. |
|
4421 |
||
4422 |
\omit |
|
4423 |
Returns a QImage in which the values of the red and blue |
|
4424 |
components of all pixels have been swapped, effectively converting |
|
4425 |
an RGB image to an BGR image. The original QImage is not changed. |
|
4426 |
\endomit |
|
4427 |
*/ |
|
4428 |
||
4429 |
/*! |
|
4430 |
Returns a QImage in which the values of the red and blue |
|
4431 |
components of all pixels have been swapped, effectively converting |
|
4432 |
an RGB image to an BGR image. |
|
4433 |
||
4434 |
The original QImage is not changed. |
|
4435 |
||
4436 |
\sa {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
4437 |
*/ |
|
4438 |
QImage QImage::rgbSwapped() const |
|
4439 |
{ |
|
4440 |
if (isNull()) |
|
4441 |
return *this; |
|
4442 |
QImage res; |
|
4443 |
switch (d->format) { |
|
4444 |
case Format_Invalid: |
|
4445 |
case NImageFormats: |
|
4446 |
Q_ASSERT(false); |
|
4447 |
break; |
|
4448 |
case Format_Mono: |
|
4449 |
case Format_MonoLSB: |
|
4450 |
case Format_Indexed8: |
|
4451 |
res = copy(); |
|
4452 |
for (int i = 0; i < res.d->colortable.size(); i++) { |
|
4453 |
QRgb c = res.d->colortable.at(i); |
|
4454 |
res.d->colortable[i] = QRgb(((c << 16) & 0xff0000) | ((c >> 16) & 0xff) | (c & 0xff00ff00)); |
|
4455 |
} |
|
4456 |
break; |
|
4457 |
case Format_RGB32: |
|
4458 |
case Format_ARGB32: |
|
4459 |
case Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied: |
|
4460 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4461 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4462 |
uint *q = (uint*)res.scanLine(i); |
|
4463 |
uint *p = (uint*)scanLine(i); |
|
4464 |
uint *end = p + d->width; |
|
4465 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4466 |
*q = ((*p << 16) & 0xff0000) | ((*p >> 16) & 0xff) | (*p & 0xff00ff00); |
|
4467 |
p++; |
|
4468 |
q++; |
|
4469 |
} |
|
4470 |
} |
|
4471 |
break; |
|
4472 |
case Format_RGB16: |
|
4473 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4474 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4475 |
ushort *q = (ushort*)res.scanLine(i); |
|
4476 |
const ushort *p = (const ushort*)scanLine(i); |
|
4477 |
const ushort *end = p + d->width; |
|
4478 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4479 |
*q = ((*p << 11) & 0xf800) | ((*p >> 11) & 0x1f) | (*p & 0x07e0); |
|
4480 |
p++; |
|
4481 |
q++; |
|
4482 |
} |
|
4483 |
} |
|
4484 |
break; |
|
4485 |
case Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
4486 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4487 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4488 |
quint8 *p = (quint8*)scanLine(i); |
|
4489 |
const quint8 *end = p + d->width * sizeof(qargb8565); |
|
4490 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4491 |
quint16 *q = reinterpret_cast<quint16*>(p + 1); |
|
4492 |
*q = ((*q << 11) & 0xf800) | ((*q >> 11) & 0x1f) | (*q & 0x07e0); |
|
4493 |
p += sizeof(qargb8565); |
|
4494 |
} |
|
4495 |
} |
|
4496 |
break; |
|
4497 |
case Format_RGB666: |
|
4498 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4499 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4500 |
qrgb666 *q = reinterpret_cast<qrgb666*>(res.scanLine(i)); |
|
4501 |
const qrgb666 *p = reinterpret_cast<const qrgb666*>(scanLine(i)); |
|
4502 |
const qrgb666 *end = p + d->width; |
|
4503 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4504 |
const QRgb rgb = quint32(*p++); |
|
4505 |
*q++ = qRgb(qBlue(rgb), qGreen(rgb), qRed(rgb)); |
|
4506 |
} |
|
4507 |
} |
|
4508 |
break; |
|
4509 |
case Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
4510 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4511 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4512 |
qargb6666 *q = reinterpret_cast<qargb6666*>(res.scanLine(i)); |
|
4513 |
const qargb6666 *p = reinterpret_cast<const qargb6666*>(scanLine(i)); |
|
4514 |
const qargb6666 *end = p + d->width; |
|
4515 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4516 |
const QRgb rgb = quint32(*p++); |
|
4517 |
*q++ = qRgba(qBlue(rgb), qGreen(rgb), qRed(rgb), qAlpha(rgb)); |
|
4518 |
} |
|
4519 |
} |
|
4520 |
break; |
|
4521 |
case Format_RGB555: |
|
4522 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4523 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4524 |
ushort *q = (ushort*)res.scanLine(i); |
|
4525 |
const ushort *p = (const ushort*)scanLine(i); |
|
4526 |
const ushort *end = p + d->width; |
|
4527 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4528 |
*q = ((*p << 10) & 0x7800) | ((*p >> 10) & 0x1f) | (*p & 0x83e0); |
|
4529 |
p++; |
|
4530 |
q++; |
|
4531 |
} |
|
4532 |
} |
|
4533 |
break; |
|
4534 |
case Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
4535 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4536 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4537 |
quint8 *p = (quint8*)scanLine(i); |
|
4538 |
const quint8 *end = p + d->width * sizeof(qargb8555); |
|
4539 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4540 |
quint16 *q = reinterpret_cast<quint16*>(p + 1); |
|
4541 |
*q = ((*q << 10) & 0x7800) | ((*q >> 10) & 0x1f) | (*q & 0x83e0); |
|
4542 |
p += sizeof(qargb8555); |
|
4543 |
} |
|
4544 |
} |
|
4545 |
break; |
|
4546 |
case Format_RGB888: |
|
4547 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4548 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4549 |
quint8 *q = reinterpret_cast<quint8*>(res.scanLine(i)); |
|
4550 |
const quint8 *p = reinterpret_cast<const quint8*>(scanLine(i)); |
|
4551 |
const quint8 *end = p + d->width * sizeof(qrgb888); |
|
4552 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4553 |
q[0] = p[2]; |
|
4554 |
q[1] = p[1]; |
|
4555 |
q[2] = p[0]; |
|
4556 |
q += sizeof(qrgb888); |
|
4557 |
p += sizeof(qrgb888); |
|
4558 |
} |
|
4559 |
} |
|
4560 |
break; |
|
4561 |
case Format_RGB444: |
|
4562 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4563 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4564 |
quint8 *q = reinterpret_cast<quint8*>(res.scanLine(i)); |
|
4565 |
const quint8 *p = reinterpret_cast<const quint8*>(scanLine(i)); |
|
4566 |
const quint8 *end = p + d->width * sizeof(qrgb444); |
|
4567 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4568 |
q[0] = (p[0] & 0xf0) | ((p[1] & 0x0f) << 8); |
|
4569 |
q[1] = ((p[0] & 0x0f) >> 8) | (p[1] & 0xf0); |
|
4570 |
q += sizeof(qrgb444); |
|
4571 |
p += sizeof(qrgb444); |
|
4572 |
} |
|
4573 |
} |
|
4574 |
break; |
|
4575 |
case Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
4576 |
res = QImage(d->width, d->height, d->format); |
|
4577 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->height; i++) { |
|
4578 |
quint8 *q = reinterpret_cast<quint8*>(res.scanLine(i)); |
|
4579 |
const quint8 *p = reinterpret_cast<const quint8*>(scanLine(i)); |
|
4580 |
const quint8 *end = p + d->width * sizeof(qargb4444); |
|
4581 |
while (p < end) { |
|
4582 |
q[0] = (p[0] & 0xf0) | ((p[1] & 0x0f) << 8); |
|
4583 |
q[1] = ((p[0] & 0x0f) >> 8) | (p[1] & 0xf0); |
|
4584 |
q += sizeof(qargb4444); |
|
4585 |
p += sizeof(qargb4444); |
|
4586 |
} |
|
4587 |
} |
|
4588 |
break; |
|
4589 |
} |
|
4590 |
return res; |
|
4591 |
} |
|
4592 |
||
4593 |
/*! |
|
4594 |
Loads an image from the file with the given \a fileName. Returns true if |
|
4595 |
the image was successfully loaded; otherwise returns false. |
|
4596 |
||
4597 |
The loader attempts to read the image using the specified \a format, e.g., |
|
4598 |
PNG or JPG. If \a format is not specified (which is the default), the |
|
4599 |
loader probes the file for a header to guess the file format. |
|
4600 |
||
4601 |
The file name can either refer to an actual file on disk or to one |
|
4602 |
of the application's embedded resources. See the |
|
4603 |
\l{resources.html}{Resource System} overview for details on how to |
|
4604 |
embed images and other resource files in the application's |
|
4605 |
executable. |
|
4606 |
||
4607 |
\sa {QImage#Reading and Writing Image Files}{Reading and Writing Image Files} |
|
4608 |
*/ |
|
4609 |
||
4610 |
bool QImage::load(const QString &fileName, const char* format) |
|
4611 |
{ |
|
4612 |
if (fileName.isEmpty()) |
|
4613 |
return false; |
|
4614 |
||
4615 |
QImage image = QImageReader(fileName, format).read(); |
|
4616 |
if (!image.isNull()) { |
|
4617 |
operator=(image); |
|
4618 |
return true; |
|
4619 |
} |
|
4620 |
return false; |
|
4621 |
} |
|
4622 |
||
4623 |
/*! |
|
4624 |
\overload |
|
4625 |
||
4626 |
This function reads a QImage from the given \a device. This can, |
|
4627 |
for example, be used to load an image directly into a QByteArray. |
|
4628 |
*/ |
|
4629 |
||
4630 |
bool QImage::load(QIODevice* device, const char* format) |
|
4631 |
{ |
|
4632 |
QImage image = QImageReader(device, format).read(); |
|
4633 |
if(!image.isNull()) { |
|
4634 |
operator=(image); |
|
4635 |
return true; |
|
4636 |
} |
|
4637 |
return false; |
|
4638 |
} |
|
4639 |
||
4640 |
/*! |
|
4641 |
\fn bool QImage::loadFromData(const uchar *data, int len, const char *format) |
|
4642 |
||
4643 |
Loads an image from the first \a len bytes of the given binary \a |
|
4644 |
data. Returns true if the image was successfully loaded; otherwise |
|
4645 |
returns false. |
|
4646 |
||
4647 |
The loader attempts to read the image using the specified \a format, e.g., |
|
4648 |
PNG or JPG. If \a format is not specified (which is the default), the |
|
4649 |
loader probes the file for a header to guess the file format. |
|
4650 |
||
4651 |
\sa {QImage#Reading and Writing Image Files}{Reading and Writing Image Files} |
|
4652 |
*/ |
|
4653 |
||
4654 |
bool QImage::loadFromData(const uchar *data, int len, const char *format) |
|
4655 |
{ |
|
4656 |
QImage image = fromData(data, len, format); |
|
4657 |
if (!image.isNull()) { |
|
4658 |
operator=(image); |
|
4659 |
return true; |
|
4660 |
} |
|
4661 |
return false; |
|
4662 |
} |
|
4663 |
||
4664 |
/*! |
|
4665 |
\fn bool QImage::loadFromData(const QByteArray &data, const char *format) |
|
4666 |
||
4667 |
\overload |
|
4668 |
||
4669 |
Loads an image from the given QByteArray \a data. |
|
4670 |
*/ |
|
4671 |
||
4672 |
/*! |
|
4673 |
\fn QImage QImage::fromData(const uchar *data, int size, const char *format) |
|
4674 |
||
4675 |
Constructs a QImage from the first \a size bytes of the given |
|
4676 |
binary \a data. The loader attempts to read the image using the |
|
4677 |
specified \a format. If \a format is not specified (which is the default), |
|
4678 |
the loader probes the file for a header to guess the file format. |
|
4679 |
binary \a data. The loader attempts to read the image, either using the |
|
4680 |
optional image \a format specified or by determining the image format from |
|
4681 |
the data. |
|
4682 |
||
4683 |
If \a format is not specified (which is the default), the loader probes the |
|
4684 |
file for a header to determine the file format. If \a format is specified, |
|
4685 |
it must be one of the values returned by QImageReader::supportedImageFormats(). |
|
4686 |
||
4687 |
If the loading of the image fails, the image returned will be a null image. |
|
4688 |
||
4689 |
\sa load(), save(), {QImage#Reading and Writing Image Files}{Reading and Writing Image Files} |
|
4690 |
*/ |
|
4691 |
||
4692 |
QImage QImage::fromData(const uchar *data, int size, const char *format) |
|
4693 |
{ |
|
4694 |
QByteArray a = QByteArray::fromRawData(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(data), size); |
|
4695 |
QBuffer b; |
|
4696 |
b.setData(a); |
|
4697 |
b.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); |
|
4698 |
return QImageReader(&b, format).read(); |
|
4699 |
} |
|
4700 |
||
4701 |
/*! |
|
4702 |
\fn QImage QImage::fromData(const QByteArray &data, const char *format) |
|
4703 |
||
4704 |
\overload |
|
4705 |
||
4706 |
Loads an image from the given QByteArray \a data. |
|
4707 |
*/ |
|
4708 |
||
4709 |
/*! |
|
4710 |
Saves the image to the file with the given \a fileName, using the |
|
4711 |
given image file \a format and \a quality factor. If \a format is |
|
4712 |
0, QImage will attempt to guess the format by looking at \a fileName's |
|
4713 |
suffix. |
|
4714 |
||
4715 |
The \a quality factor must be in the range 0 to 100 or -1. Specify |
|
4716 |
0 to obtain small compressed files, 100 for large uncompressed |
|
4717 |
files, and -1 (the default) to use the default settings. |
|
4718 |
||
4719 |
Returns true if the image was successfully saved; otherwise |
|
4720 |
returns false. |
|
4721 |
||
4722 |
\sa {QImage#Reading and Writing Image Files}{Reading and Writing |
|
4723 |
Image Files} |
|
4724 |
*/ |
|
4725 |
bool QImage::save(const QString &fileName, const char *format, int quality) const |
|
4726 |
{ |
|
4727 |
if (isNull()) |
|
4728 |
return false; |
|
4729 |
QImageWriter writer(fileName, format); |
|
4730 |
return d->doImageIO(this, &writer, quality); |
|
4731 |
} |
|
4732 |
||
4733 |
/*! |
|
4734 |
\overload |
|
4735 |
||
4736 |
This function writes a QImage to the given \a device. |
|
4737 |
||
4738 |
This can, for example, be used to save an image directly into a |
|
4739 |
QByteArray: |
|
4740 |
||
4741 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/image/image.cpp 0 |
|
4742 |
*/ |
|
4743 |
||
4744 |
bool QImage::save(QIODevice* device, const char* format, int quality) const |
|
4745 |
{ |
|
4746 |
if (isNull()) |
|
4747 |
return false; // nothing to save |
|
4748 |
QImageWriter writer(device, format); |
|
4749 |
return d->doImageIO(this, &writer, quality); |
|
4750 |
} |
|
4751 |
||
4752 |
/* \internal |
|
4753 |
*/ |
|
4754 |
||
4755 |
bool QImageData::doImageIO(const QImage *image, QImageWriter *writer, int quality) const |
|
4756 |
{ |
|
4757 |
if (quality > 100 || quality < -1) |
|
4758 |
qWarning("QPixmap::save: Quality out of range [-1, 100]"); |
|
4759 |
if (quality >= 0) |
|
4760 |
writer->setQuality(qMin(quality,100)); |
|
4761 |
return writer->write(*image); |
|
4762 |
} |
|
4763 |
||
4764 |
/***************************************************************************** |
|
4765 |
QImage stream functions |
|
4766 |
*****************************************************************************/ |
|
4767 |
#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) |
|
4768 |
/*! |
|
4769 |
\fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &stream, const QImage &image) |
|
4770 |
\relates QImage |
|
4771 |
||
4772 |
Writes the given \a image to the given \a stream as a PNG image, |
|
4773 |
or as a BMP image if the stream's version is 1. Note that writing |
|
4774 |
the stream to a file will not produce a valid image file. |
|
4775 |
||
4776 |
\sa QImage::save(), {Format of the QDataStream Operators} |
|
4777 |
*/ |
|
4778 |
||
4779 |
QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &s, const QImage &image) |
|
4780 |
{ |
|
4781 |
if (s.version() >= 5) { |
|
4782 |
if (image.isNull()) { |
|
4783 |
s << (qint32) 0; // null image marker |
|
4784 |
return s; |
|
4785 |
} else { |
|
4786 |
s << (qint32) 1; |
|
4787 |
// continue ... |
|
4788 |
} |
|
4789 |
} |
|
4790 |
QImageWriter writer(s.device(), s.version() == 1 ? "bmp" : "png"); |
|
4791 |
writer.write(image); |
|
4792 |
return s; |
|
4793 |
} |
|
4794 |
||
4795 |
/*! |
|
4796 |
\fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QImage &image) |
|
4797 |
\relates QImage |
|
4798 |
||
4799 |
Reads an image from the given \a stream and stores it in the given |
|
4800 |
\a image. |
|
4801 |
||
4802 |
\sa QImage::load(), {Format of the QDataStream Operators} |
|
4803 |
*/ |
|
4804 |
||
4805 |
QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &s, QImage &image) |
|
4806 |
{ |
|
4807 |
if (s.version() >= 5) { |
|
4808 |
qint32 nullMarker; |
|
4809 |
s >> nullMarker; |
|
4810 |
if (!nullMarker) { |
|
4811 |
image = QImage(); // null image |
|
4812 |
return s; |
|
4813 |
} |
|
4814 |
} |
|
4815 |
image = QImageReader(s.device(), 0).read(); |
|
4816 |
return s; |
|
4817 |
} |
|
4818 |
#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM |
|
4819 |
||
4820 |
||
4821 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
4822 |
/*! |
|
4823 |
\fn QImage QImage::convertDepthWithPalette(int depth, QRgb* palette, int palette_count, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
4824 |
||
4825 |
Returns an image with the given \a depth, using the \a |
|
4826 |
palette_count colors pointed to by \a palette. If \a depth is 1 or |
|
4827 |
8, the returned image will have its color table ordered in the |
|
4828 |
same way as \a palette. |
|
4829 |
||
4830 |
If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution |
|
4831 |
result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a flags to |
|
4832 |
specify how you'd prefer this to happen. |
|
4833 |
||
4834 |
Note: currently no closest-color search is made. If colors are |
|
4835 |
found that are not in the palette, the palette may not be used at |
|
4836 |
all. This result should not be considered valid because it may |
|
4837 |
change in future implementations. |
|
4838 |
||
4839 |
Currently inefficient for non-32-bit images. |
|
4840 |
||
4841 |
Use the convertToFormat() function in combination with the |
|
4842 |
setColorTable() function instead. |
|
4843 |
*/ |
|
4844 |
QImage QImage::convertDepthWithPalette(int d, QRgb* palette, int palette_count, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
4845 |
{ |
|
4846 |
Format f = formatFor(d, QImage::LittleEndian); |
|
4847 |
QVector<QRgb> colortable; |
|
4848 |
for (int i = 0; i < palette_count; ++i) |
|
4849 |
colortable.append(palette[i]); |
|
4850 |
return convertToFormat(f, colortable, flags); |
|
4851 |
} |
|
4852 |
||
4853 |
/*! |
|
4854 |
\relates QImage |
|
4855 |
||
4856 |
Copies a block of pixels from \a src to \a dst. The pixels |
|
4857 |
copied from source (src) are converted according to |
|
4858 |
\a flags if it is incompatible with the destination |
|
4859 |
(\a dst). |
|
4860 |
||
4861 |
\a sx, \a sy is the top-left pixel in \a src, \a dx, \a dy is the |
|
4862 |
top-left position in \a dst and \a sw, \a sh is the size of the |
|
4863 |
copied block. The copying is clipped if areas outside \a src or \a |
|
4864 |
dst are specified. If \a sw is -1, it is adjusted to |
|
4865 |
src->width(). Similarly, if \a sh is -1, it is adjusted to |
|
4866 |
src->height(). |
|
4867 |
||
4868 |
Currently inefficient for non 32-bit images. |
|
4869 |
||
4870 |
Use copy() or QPainter::drawImage() instead. |
|
4871 |
*/ |
|
4872 |
void bitBlt(QImage *dst, int dx, int dy, const QImage *src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, |
|
4873 |
Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) |
|
4874 |
{ |
|
4875 |
if (dst->isNull() || src->isNull()) |
|
4876 |
return; |
|
4877 |
QPainter p(dst); |
|
4878 |
p.drawImage(QPoint(dx, dy), *src, QRect(sx, sy, sw, sh), flags); |
|
4879 |
} |
|
4880 |
#endif |
|
4881 |
||
4882 |
/*! |
|
4883 |
\fn bool QImage::operator==(const QImage & image) const |
|
4884 |
||
4885 |
Returns true if this image and the given \a image have the same |
|
4886 |
contents; otherwise returns false. |
|
4887 |
||
4888 |
The comparison can be slow, unless there is some obvious |
|
4889 |
difference (e.g. different size or format), in which case the |
|
4890 |
function will return quickly. |
|
4891 |
||
4892 |
\sa operator=() |
|
4893 |
*/ |
|
4894 |
||
4895 |
bool QImage::operator==(const QImage & i) const |
|
4896 |
{ |
|
4897 |
// same object, or shared? |
|
4898 |
if (i.d == d) |
|
4899 |
return true; |
|
4900 |
if (!i.d || !d) |
|
4901 |
return false; |
|
4902 |
||
4903 |
// obviously different stuff? |
|
4904 |
if (i.d->height != d->height || i.d->width != d->width || i.d->format != d->format) |
|
4905 |
return false; |
|
4906 |
||
4907 |
if (d->format != Format_RGB32) { |
|
4908 |
if (d->format >= Format_ARGB32) { // all bits defined |
|
4909 |
const int n = d->width * d->depth / 8; |
|
4910 |
if (n == d->bytes_per_line && n == i.d->bytes_per_line) { |
|
4911 |
if (memcmp(bits(), i.bits(), d->nbytes)) |
|
4912 |
return false; |
|
4913 |
} else { |
|
4914 |
for (int y = 0; y < d->height; ++y) { |
|
4915 |
if (memcmp(scanLine(y), i.scanLine(y), n)) |
|
4916 |
return false; |
|
4917 |
} |
|
4918 |
} |
|
4919 |
} else { |
|
4920 |
const int w = width(); |
|
4921 |
const int h = height(); |
|
4922 |
const QVector<QRgb> &colortable = d->colortable; |
|
4923 |
const QVector<QRgb> &icolortable = i.d->colortable; |
|
4924 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
4925 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) { |
|
4926 |
if (colortable[pixelIndex(x, y)] != icolortable[i.pixelIndex(x, y)]) |
|
4927 |
return false; |
|
4928 |
} |
|
4929 |
} |
|
4930 |
} |
|
4931 |
} else { |
|
4932 |
//alpha channel undefined, so we must mask it out |
|
4933 |
for(int l = 0; l < d->height; l++) { |
|
4934 |
int w = d->width; |
|
4935 |
const uint *p1 = reinterpret_cast<const uint*>(scanLine(l)); |
|
4936 |
const uint *p2 = reinterpret_cast<const uint*>(i.scanLine(l)); |
|
4937 |
while (w--) { |
|
4938 |
if ((*p1++ & 0x00ffffff) != (*p2++ & 0x00ffffff)) |
|
4939 |
return false; |
|
4940 |
} |
|
4941 |
} |
|
4942 |
} |
|
4943 |
return true; |
|
4944 |
} |
|
4945 |
||
4946 |
||
4947 |
/*! |
|
4948 |
\fn bool QImage::operator!=(const QImage & image) const |
|
4949 |
||
4950 |
Returns true if this image and the given \a image have different |
|
4951 |
contents; otherwise returns false. |
|
4952 |
||
4953 |
The comparison can be slow, unless there is some obvious |
|
4954 |
difference, such as different widths, in which case the function |
|
4955 |
will return quickly. |
|
4956 |
||
4957 |
\sa operator=() |
|
4958 |
*/ |
|
4959 |
||
4960 |
bool QImage::operator!=(const QImage & i) const |
|
4961 |
{ |
|
4962 |
return !(*this == i); |
|
4963 |
} |
|
4964 |
||
4965 |
||
4966 |
||
4967 |
||
4968 |
/*! |
|
4969 |
Returns the number of pixels that fit horizontally in a physical |
|
4970 |
meter. Together with dotsPerMeterY(), this number defines the |
|
4971 |
intended scale and aspect ratio of the image. |
|
4972 |
||
4973 |
\sa setDotsPerMeterX(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image |
|
4974 |
Information} |
|
4975 |
*/ |
|
4976 |
int QImage::dotsPerMeterX() const |
|
4977 |
{ |
|
4978 |
return d ? qRound(d->dpmx) : 0; |
|
4979 |
} |
|
4980 |
||
4981 |
/*! |
|
4982 |
Returns the number of pixels that fit vertically in a physical |
|
4983 |
meter. Together with dotsPerMeterX(), this number defines the |
|
4984 |
intended scale and aspect ratio of the image. |
|
4985 |
||
4986 |
\sa setDotsPerMeterY(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image |
|
4987 |
Information} |
|
4988 |
*/ |
|
4989 |
int QImage::dotsPerMeterY() const |
|
4990 |
{ |
|
4991 |
return d ? qRound(d->dpmy) : 0; |
|
4992 |
} |
|
4993 |
||
4994 |
/*! |
|
4995 |
Sets the number of pixels that fit horizontally in a physical |
|
4996 |
meter, to \a x. |
|
4997 |
||
4998 |
Together with dotsPerMeterY(), this number defines the intended |
|
4999 |
scale and aspect ratio of the image, and determines the scale |
|
5000 |
at which QPainter will draw graphics on the image. It does not |
|
5001 |
change the scale or aspect ratio of the image when it is rendered |
|
5002 |
on other paint devices. |
|
5003 |
||
5004 |
\sa dotsPerMeterX(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
5005 |
*/ |
|
5006 |
void QImage::setDotsPerMeterX(int x) |
|
5007 |
{ |
|
5008 |
if (!d || !x) |
|
5009 |
return; |
|
5010 |
detach(); |
|
5011 |
||
5012 |
if (d) |
|
5013 |
d->dpmx = x; |
|
5014 |
} |
|
5015 |
||
5016 |
/*! |
|
5017 |
Sets the number of pixels that fit vertically in a physical meter, |
|
5018 |
to \a y. |
|
5019 |
||
5020 |
Together with dotsPerMeterX(), this number defines the intended |
|
5021 |
scale and aspect ratio of the image, and determines the scale |
|
5022 |
at which QPainter will draw graphics on the image. It does not |
|
5023 |
change the scale or aspect ratio of the image when it is rendered |
|
5024 |
on other paint devices. |
|
5025 |
||
5026 |
\sa dotsPerMeterY(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
5027 |
*/ |
|
5028 |
void QImage::setDotsPerMeterY(int y) |
|
5029 |
{ |
|
5030 |
if (!d || !y) |
|
5031 |
return; |
|
5032 |
detach(); |
|
5033 |
||
5034 |
if (d) |
|
5035 |
d->dpmy = y; |
|
5036 |
} |
|
5037 |
||
5038 |
/*! |
|
5039 |
\fn QPoint QImage::offset() const |
|
5040 |
||
5041 |
Returns the number of pixels by which the image is intended to be |
|
5042 |
offset by when positioning relative to other images. |
|
5043 |
||
5044 |
\sa setOffset(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
5045 |
*/ |
|
5046 |
QPoint QImage::offset() const |
|
5047 |
{ |
|
5048 |
return d ? d->offset : QPoint(); |
|
5049 |
} |
|
5050 |
||
5051 |
||
5052 |
/*! |
|
5053 |
\fn void QImage::setOffset(const QPoint& offset) |
|
5054 |
||
5055 |
Sets the number of pixels by which the image is intended to be |
|
5056 |
offset by when positioning relative to other images, to \a offset. |
|
5057 |
||
5058 |
\sa offset(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
5059 |
*/ |
|
5060 |
void QImage::setOffset(const QPoint& p) |
|
5061 |
{ |
|
5062 |
if (!d) |
|
5063 |
return; |
|
5064 |
detach(); |
|
5065 |
||
5066 |
if (d) |
|
5067 |
d->offset = p; |
|
5068 |
} |
|
5069 |
#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT |
|
5070 |
||
5071 |
/*! |
|
5072 |
Returns the text keys for this image. |
|
5073 |
||
5074 |
You can use these keys with text() to list the image text for a |
|
5075 |
certain key. |
|
5076 |
||
5077 |
\sa text() |
|
5078 |
*/ |
|
5079 |
QStringList QImage::textKeys() const |
|
5080 |
{ |
|
5081 |
return d ? QStringList(d->text.keys()) : QStringList(); |
|
5082 |
} |
|
5083 |
||
5084 |
/*! |
|
5085 |
Returns the image text associated with the given \a key. If the |
|
5086 |
specified \a key is an empty string, the whole image text is |
|
5087 |
returned, with each key-text pair separated by a newline. |
|
5088 |
||
5089 |
\sa setText(), textKeys() |
|
5090 |
*/ |
|
5091 |
QString QImage::text(const QString &key) const |
|
5092 |
{ |
|
5093 |
if (!d) |
|
5094 |
return QString(); |
|
5095 |
||
5096 |
if (!key.isEmpty()) |
|
5097 |
return d->text.value(key); |
|
5098 |
||
5099 |
QString tmp; |
|
5100 |
foreach (const QString &key, d->text.keys()) { |
|
5101 |
if (!tmp.isEmpty()) |
|
5102 |
tmp += QLatin1String("\n\n"); |
|
5103 |
tmp += key + QLatin1String(": ") + d->text.value(key).simplified(); |
|
5104 |
} |
|
5105 |
return tmp; |
|
5106 |
} |
|
5107 |
||
5108 |
/*! |
|
5109 |
\fn void QImage::setText(const QString &key, const QString &text) |
|
5110 |
||
5111 |
Sets the image text to the given \a text and associate it with the |
|
5112 |
given \a key. |
|
5113 |
||
5114 |
If you just want to store a single text block (i.e., a "comment" |
|
5115 |
or just a description), you can either pass an empty key, or use a |
|
5116 |
generic key like "Description". |
|
5117 |
||
5118 |
The image text is embedded into the image data when you |
|
5119 |
call save() or QImageWriter::write(). |
|
5120 |
||
5121 |
Not all image formats support embedded text. You can find out |
|
5122 |
if a specific image or format supports embedding text |
|
5123 |
by using QImageWriter::supportsOption(). We give an example: |
|
5124 |
||
5125 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/image/supportedformat.cpp 0 |
|
5126 |
||
5127 |
You can use QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats() to find out |
|
5128 |
which image formats are available to you. |
|
5129 |
||
5130 |
\sa text(), textKeys() |
|
5131 |
*/ |
|
5132 |
void QImage::setText(const QString &key, const QString &value) |
|
5133 |
{ |
|
5134 |
if (!d) |
|
5135 |
return; |
|
5136 |
detach(); |
|
5137 |
||
5138 |
if (d) |
|
5139 |
d->text.insert(key, value); |
|
5140 |
} |
|
5141 |
||
5142 |
/*! |
|
5143 |
\fn QString QImage::text(const char* key, const char* language) const |
|
5144 |
\obsolete |
|
5145 |
||
5146 |
Returns the text recorded for the given \a key in the given \a |
|
5147 |
language, or in a default language if \a language is 0. |
|
5148 |
||
5149 |
Use text() instead. |
|
5150 |
||
5151 |
The language the text is recorded in is no longer relevant since |
|
5152 |
the text is always set using QString and UTF-8 representation. |
|
5153 |
*/ |
|
5154 |
QString QImage::text(const char* key, const char* lang) const |
|
5155 |
{ |
|
5156 |
if (!d) |
|
5157 |
return QString(); |
|
5158 |
QString k = QString::fromAscii(key); |
|
5159 |
if (lang && *lang) |
|
5160 |
k += QLatin1Char('/') + QString::fromAscii(lang); |
|
5161 |
return d->text.value(k); |
|
5162 |
} |
|
5163 |
||
5164 |
/*! |
|
5165 |
\fn QString QImage::text(const QImageTextKeyLang& keywordAndLanguage) const |
|
5166 |
\overload |
|
5167 |
\obsolete |
|
5168 |
||
5169 |
Returns the text recorded for the given \a keywordAndLanguage. |
|
5170 |
||
5171 |
Use text() instead. |
|
5172 |
||
5173 |
The language the text is recorded in is no longer relevant since |
|
5174 |
the text is always set using QString and UTF-8 representation. |
|
5175 |
*/ |
|
5176 |
QString QImage::text(const QImageTextKeyLang& kl) const |
|
5177 |
{ |
|
5178 |
if (!d) |
|
5179 |
return QString(); |
|
5180 |
QString k = QString::fromAscii(kl.key); |
|
5181 |
if (!kl.lang.isEmpty()) |
|
5182 |
k += QLatin1Char('/') + QString::fromAscii(kl.lang); |
|
5183 |
return d->text.value(k); |
|
5184 |
} |
|
5185 |
||
5186 |
/*! |
|
5187 |
\obsolete |
|
5188 |
||
5189 |
Returns the language identifiers for which some texts are |
|
5190 |
recorded. Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you |
|
5191 |
should iterate over a copy. |
|
5192 |
||
5193 |
The language the text is recorded in is no longer relevant since |
|
5194 |
the text is always set using QString and UTF-8 representation. |
|
5195 |
*/ |
|
5196 |
QStringList QImage::textLanguages() const |
|
5197 |
{ |
|
5198 |
if (!d) |
|
5199 |
return QStringList(); |
|
5200 |
QStringList keys = textKeys(); |
|
5201 |
QStringList languages; |
|
5202 |
for (int i = 0; i < keys.size(); ++i) { |
|
5203 |
int index = keys.at(i).indexOf(QLatin1Char('/')); |
|
5204 |
if (index > 0) |
|
5205 |
languages += keys.at(i).mid(index+1); |
|
5206 |
} |
|
5207 |
||
5208 |
return languages; |
|
5209 |
} |
|
5210 |
||
5211 |
/*! |
|
5212 |
\obsolete |
|
5213 |
||
5214 |
Returns a list of QImageTextKeyLang objects that enumerate all the |
|
5215 |
texts key/language pairs set for this image. |
|
5216 |
||
5217 |
Use textKeys() instead. |
|
5218 |
||
5219 |
The language the text is recorded in is no longer relevant since |
|
5220 |
the text is always set using QString and UTF-8 representation. |
|
5221 |
*/ |
|
5222 |
QList<QImageTextKeyLang> QImage::textList() const |
|
5223 |
{ |
|
5224 |
QList<QImageTextKeyLang> imageTextKeys; |
|
5225 |
if (!d) |
|
5226 |
return imageTextKeys; |
|
5227 |
QStringList keys = textKeys(); |
|
5228 |
for (int i = 0; i < keys.size(); ++i) { |
|
5229 |
int index = keys.at(i).indexOf(QLatin1Char('/')); |
|
5230 |
if (index > 0) { |
|
5231 |
QImageTextKeyLang tkl; |
|
5232 |
tkl.key = keys.at(i).left(index).toAscii(); |
|
5233 |
tkl.lang = keys.at(i).mid(index+1).toAscii(); |
|
5234 |
imageTextKeys += tkl; |
|
5235 |
} |
|
5236 |
} |
|
5237 |
||
5238 |
return imageTextKeys; |
|
5239 |
} |
|
5240 |
||
5241 |
/*! |
|
5242 |
\fn void QImage::setText(const char* key, const char* language, const QString& text) |
|
5243 |
\obsolete |
|
5244 |
||
5245 |
Sets the image text to the given \a text and associate it with the |
|
5246 |
given \a key. The text is recorded in the specified \a language, |
|
5247 |
or in a default language if \a language is 0. |
|
5248 |
||
5249 |
Use setText() instead. |
|
5250 |
||
5251 |
The language the text is recorded in is no longer relevant since |
|
5252 |
the text is always set using QString and UTF-8 representation. |
|
5253 |
||
5254 |
\omit |
|
5255 |
Records string \a for the keyword \a key. The \a key should be |
|
5256 |
a portable keyword recognizable by other software - some suggested |
|
5257 |
values can be found in |
|
5258 |
\l{http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/spec/1.2/png-1.2-pdg.html#C.Anc-text} |
|
5259 |
{the PNG specification}. \a s can be any text. \a lang should |
|
5260 |
specify the language code (see |
|
5261 |
\l{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1766.txt}{RFC 1766}) or 0. |
|
5262 |
\endomit |
|
5263 |
*/ |
|
5264 |
void QImage::setText(const char* key, const char* lang, const QString& s) |
|
5265 |
{ |
|
5266 |
if (!d) |
|
5267 |
return; |
|
5268 |
detach(); |
|
5269 |
||
5270 |
// In case detach() ran out of memory |
|
5271 |
if (!d) |
|
5272 |
return; |
|
5273 |
||
5274 |
QString k = QString::fromAscii(key); |
|
5275 |
if (lang && *lang) |
|
5276 |
k += QLatin1Char('/') + QString::fromAscii(lang); |
|
5277 |
d->text.insert(k, s); |
|
5278 |
} |
|
5279 |
||
5280 |
#endif // QT_NO_IMAGE_TEXT |
|
5281 |
||
5282 |
/* |
|
5283 |
Sets the image bits to the \a pixmap contents and returns a |
|
5284 |
reference to the image. |
|
5285 |
||
5286 |
If the image shares data with other images, it will first |
|
5287 |
dereference the shared data. |
|
5288 |
||
5289 |
Makes a call to QPixmap::convertToImage(). |
|
5290 |
*/ |
|
5291 |
||
5292 |
/*! \fn QImage::Endian QImage::systemBitOrder() |
|
5293 |
||
5294 |
Determines the bit order of the display hardware. Returns |
|
5295 |
QImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or QImage::BigEndian (MSB first). |
|
5296 |
||
5297 |
This function is no longer relevant for QImage. Use QSysInfo |
|
5298 |
instead. |
|
5299 |
*/ |
|
5300 |
||
5301 |
||
5302 |
/*! |
|
5303 |
\internal |
|
5304 |
||
5305 |
Used by QPainter to retrieve a paint engine for the image. |
|
5306 |
*/ |
|
5307 |
||
5308 |
QPaintEngine *QImage::paintEngine() const |
|
5309 |
{ |
|
5310 |
if (!d) |
|
5311 |
return 0; |
|
5312 |
||
5313 |
if (!d->paintEngine) { |
|
5314 |
d->paintEngine = new QRasterPaintEngine(const_cast<QImage *>(this)); |
|
5315 |
} |
|
5316 |
||
5317 |
return d->paintEngine; |
|
5318 |
} |
|
5319 |
||
5320 |
||
5321 |
/*! |
|
5322 |
\internal |
|
5323 |
||
5324 |
Returns the size for the specified \a metric on the device. |
|
5325 |
*/ |
|
5326 |
int QImage::metric(PaintDeviceMetric metric) const |
|
5327 |
{ |
|
5328 |
if (!d) |
|
5329 |
return 0; |
|
5330 |
||
5331 |
switch (metric) { |
|
5332 |
case PdmWidth: |
|
5333 |
return d->width; |
|
5334 |
break; |
|
5335 |
||
5336 |
case PdmHeight: |
|
5337 |
return d->height; |
|
5338 |
break; |
|
5339 |
||
5340 |
case PdmWidthMM: |
|
5341 |
return qRound(d->width * 1000 / d->dpmx); |
|
5342 |
break; |
|
5343 |
||
5344 |
case PdmHeightMM: |
|
5345 |
return qRound(d->height * 1000 / d->dpmy); |
|
5346 |
break; |
|
5347 |
||
5348 |
case PdmNumColors: |
|
5349 |
return d->colortable.size(); |
|
5350 |
break; |
|
5351 |
||
5352 |
case PdmDepth: |
|
5353 |
return d->depth; |
|
5354 |
break; |
|
5355 |
||
5356 |
case PdmDpiX: |
|
5357 |
return qRound(d->dpmx * 0.0254); |
|
5358 |
break; |
|
5359 |
||
5360 |
case PdmDpiY: |
|
5361 |
return qRound(d->dpmy * 0.0254); |
|
5362 |
break; |
|
5363 |
||
5364 |
case PdmPhysicalDpiX: |
|
5365 |
return qRound(d->dpmx * 0.0254); |
|
5366 |
break; |
|
5367 |
||
5368 |
case PdmPhysicalDpiY: |
|
5369 |
return qRound(d->dpmy * 0.0254); |
|
5370 |
break; |
|
5371 |
||
5372 |
default: |
|
5373 |
qWarning("QImage::metric(): Unhandled metric type %d", metric); |
|
5374 |
break; |
|
5375 |
} |
|
5376 |
return 0; |
|
5377 |
} |
|
5378 |
||
5379 |
||
5380 |
||
5381 |
/***************************************************************************** |
|
5382 |
QPixmap (and QImage) helper functions |
|
5383 |
*****************************************************************************/ |
|
5384 |
/* |
|
5385 |
This internal function contains the common (i.e. platform independent) code |
|
5386 |
to do a transformation of pixel data. It is used by QPixmap::transform() and by |
|
5387 |
QImage::transform(). |
|
5388 |
||
5389 |
\a trueMat is the true transformation matrix (see QPixmap::trueMatrix()) and |
|
5390 |
\a xoffset is an offset to the matrix. |
|
5391 |
||
5392 |
\a msbfirst specifies for 1bpp images, if the MSB or LSB comes first and \a |
|
5393 |
depth specifies the colordepth of the data. |
|
5394 |
||
5395 |
\a dptr is a pointer to the destination data, \a dbpl specifies the bits per |
|
5396 |
line for the destination data, \a p_inc is the offset that we advance for |
|
5397 |
every scanline and \a dHeight is the height of the destination image. |
|
5398 |
||
5399 |
\a sprt is the pointer to the source data, \a sbpl specifies the bits per |
|
5400 |
line of the source data, \a sWidth and \a sHeight are the width and height of |
|
5401 |
the source data. |
|
5402 |
*/ |
|
5403 |
||
5404 |
#undef IWX_MSB |
|
5405 |
#define IWX_MSB(b) if (trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs) { \ |
|
5406 |
if (*(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>12)+(trigx>>15)) & \ |
|
5407 |
(1 << (7-((trigx>>12)&7)))) \ |
|
5408 |
*dptr |= b; \ |
|
5409 |
} \ |
|
5410 |
trigx += m11; \ |
|
5411 |
trigy += m12; |
|
5412 |
// END OF MACRO |
|
5413 |
#undef IWX_LSB |
|
5414 |
#define IWX_LSB(b) if (trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs) { \ |
|
5415 |
if (*(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>12)+(trigx>>15)) & \ |
|
5416 |
(1 << ((trigx>>12)&7))) \ |
|
5417 |
*dptr |= b; \ |
|
5418 |
} \ |
|
5419 |
trigx += m11; \ |
|
5420 |
trigy += m12; |
|
5421 |
// END OF MACRO |
|
5422 |
#undef IWX_PIX |
|
5423 |
#define IWX_PIX(b) if (trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs) { \ |
|
5424 |
if ((*(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>12)+(trigx>>15)) & \ |
|
5425 |
(1 << (7-((trigx>>12)&7)))) == 0) \ |
|
5426 |
*dptr &= ~b; \ |
|
5427 |
} \ |
|
5428 |
trigx += m11; \ |
|
5429 |
trigy += m12; |
|
5430 |
// END OF MACRO |
|
5431 |
bool qt_xForm_helper(const QTransform &trueMat, int xoffset, int type, int depth, |
|
5432 |
uchar *dptr, int dbpl, int p_inc, int dHeight, |
|
5433 |
const uchar *sptr, int sbpl, int sWidth, int sHeight) |
|
5434 |
{ |
|
5435 |
int m11 = int(trueMat.m11()*4096.0); |
|
5436 |
int m12 = int(trueMat.m12()*4096.0); |
|
5437 |
int m21 = int(trueMat.m21()*4096.0); |
|
5438 |
int m22 = int(trueMat.m22()*4096.0); |
|
5439 |
int dx = qRound(trueMat.dx()*4096.0); |
|
5440 |
int dy = qRound(trueMat.dy()*4096.0); |
|
5441 |
||
5442 |
int m21ydx = dx + (xoffset<<16) + (m11 + m21) / 2; |
|
5443 |
int m22ydy = dy + (m12 + m22) / 2; |
|
5444 |
uint trigx; |
|
5445 |
uint trigy; |
|
5446 |
uint maxws = sWidth<<12; |
|
5447 |
uint maxhs = sHeight<<12; |
|
5448 |
||
5449 |
for (int y=0; y<dHeight; y++) { // for each target scanline |
|
5450 |
trigx = m21ydx; |
|
5451 |
trigy = m22ydy; |
|
5452 |
uchar *maxp = dptr + dbpl; |
|
5453 |
if (depth != 1) { |
|
5454 |
switch (depth) { |
|
5455 |
case 8: // 8 bpp transform |
|
5456 |
while (dptr < maxp) { |
|
5457 |
if (trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs) |
|
5458 |
*dptr = *(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>12)+(trigx>>12)); |
|
5459 |
trigx += m11; |
|
5460 |
trigy += m12; |
|
5461 |
dptr++; |
|
5462 |
} |
|
5463 |
break; |
|
5464 |
||
5465 |
case 16: // 16 bpp transform |
|
5466 |
while (dptr < maxp) { |
|
5467 |
if (trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs) |
|
5468 |
*((ushort*)dptr) = *((ushort *)(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>12) + |
|
5469 |
((trigx>>12)<<1))); |
|
5470 |
trigx += m11; |
|
5471 |
trigy += m12; |
|
5472 |
dptr++; |
|
5473 |
dptr++; |
|
5474 |
} |
|
5475 |
break; |
|
5476 |
||
5477 |
case 24: // 24 bpp transform |
|
5478 |
while (dptr < maxp) { |
|
5479 |
if (trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs) { |
|
5480 |
const uchar *p2 = sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>12) + ((trigx>>12)*3); |
|
5481 |
dptr[0] = p2[0]; |
|
5482 |
dptr[1] = p2[1]; |
|
5483 |
dptr[2] = p2[2]; |
|
5484 |
} |
|
5485 |
trigx += m11; |
|
5486 |
trigy += m12; |
|
5487 |
dptr += 3; |
|
5488 |
} |
|
5489 |
break; |
|
5490 |
||
5491 |
case 32: // 32 bpp transform |
|
5492 |
while (dptr < maxp) { |
|
5493 |
if (trigx < maxws && trigy < maxhs) |
|
5494 |
*((uint*)dptr) = *((uint *)(sptr+sbpl*(trigy>>12) + |
|
5495 |
((trigx>>12)<<2))); |
|
5496 |
trigx += m11; |
|
5497 |
trigy += m12; |
|
5498 |
dptr += 4; |
|
5499 |
} |
|
5500 |
break; |
|
5501 |
||
5502 |
default: { |
|
5503 |
return false; |
|
5504 |
} |
|
5505 |
} |
|
5506 |
} else { |
|
5507 |
switch (type) { |
|
5508 |
case QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST: |
|
5509 |
while (dptr < maxp) { |
|
5510 |
IWX_MSB(128); |
|
5511 |
IWX_MSB(64); |
|
5512 |
IWX_MSB(32); |
|
5513 |
IWX_MSB(16); |
|
5514 |
IWX_MSB(8); |
|
5515 |
IWX_MSB(4); |
|
5516 |
IWX_MSB(2); |
|
5517 |
IWX_MSB(1); |
|
5518 |
dptr++; |
|
5519 |
} |
|
5520 |
break; |
|
5521 |
case QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST: |
|
5522 |
while (dptr < maxp) { |
|
5523 |
IWX_LSB(1); |
|
5524 |
IWX_LSB(2); |
|
5525 |
IWX_LSB(4); |
|
5526 |
IWX_LSB(8); |
|
5527 |
IWX_LSB(16); |
|
5528 |
IWX_LSB(32); |
|
5529 |
IWX_LSB(64); |
|
5530 |
IWX_LSB(128); |
|
5531 |
dptr++; |
|
5532 |
} |
|
5533 |
break; |
|
5534 |
# if defined(Q_WS_WIN) |
|
5535 |
case QT_XFORM_TYPE_WINDOWSPIXMAP: |
|
5536 |
while (dptr < maxp) { |
|
5537 |
IWX_PIX(128); |
|
5538 |
IWX_PIX(64); |
|
5539 |
IWX_PIX(32); |
|
5540 |
IWX_PIX(16); |
|
5541 |
IWX_PIX(8); |
|
5542 |
IWX_PIX(4); |
|
5543 |
IWX_PIX(2); |
|
5544 |
IWX_PIX(1); |
|
5545 |
dptr++; |
|
5546 |
} |
|
5547 |
break; |
|
5548 |
# endif |
|
5549 |
} |
|
5550 |
} |
|
5551 |
m21ydx += m21; |
|
5552 |
m22ydy += m22; |
|
5553 |
dptr += p_inc; |
|
5554 |
} |
|
5555 |
return true; |
|
5556 |
} |
|
5557 |
#undef IWX_MSB |
|
5558 |
#undef IWX_LSB |
|
5559 |
#undef IWX_PIX |
|
5560 |
||
5561 |
/*! |
|
5562 |
\fn QImage QImage::xForm(const QMatrix &matrix) const |
|
5563 |
||
5564 |
Use transformed() instead. |
|
5565 |
||
5566 |
\oldcode |
|
5567 |
QImage image; |
|
5568 |
... |
|
5569 |
image.xForm(matrix); |
|
5570 |
\newcode |
|
5571 |
QImage image; |
|
5572 |
... |
|
5573 |
image.transformed(matrix); |
|
5574 |
\endcode |
|
5575 |
*/ |
|
5576 |
||
5577 |
/*! \obsolete |
|
5578 |
Returns a number that identifies the contents of this |
|
5579 |
QImage object. Distinct QImage objects can only have the same |
|
5580 |
serial number if they refer to the same contents (but they don't |
|
5581 |
have to). |
|
5582 |
||
5583 |
Use cacheKey() instead. |
|
5584 |
||
5585 |
\warning The serial number doesn't necessarily change when the |
|
5586 |
image is altered. This means that it may be dangerous to use |
|
5587 |
it as a cache key. |
|
5588 |
||
5589 |
\sa operator==() |
|
5590 |
*/ |
|
5591 |
||
5592 |
int QImage::serialNumber() const |
|
5593 |
{ |
|
5594 |
if (!d) |
|
5595 |
return 0; |
|
5596 |
else |
|
5597 |
return d->ser_no; |
|
5598 |
} |
|
5599 |
||
5600 |
/*! |
|
5601 |
Returns a number that identifies the contents of this QImage |
|
5602 |
object. Distinct QImage objects can only have the same key if they |
|
5603 |
refer to the same contents. |
|
5604 |
||
5605 |
The key will change when the image is altered. |
|
5606 |
*/ |
|
5607 |
qint64 QImage::cacheKey() const |
|
5608 |
{ |
|
5609 |
if (!d) |
|
5610 |
return 0; |
|
5611 |
else |
|
5612 |
return (((qint64) d->ser_no) << 32) | ((qint64) d->detach_no); |
|
5613 |
} |
|
5614 |
||
5615 |
/*! |
|
5616 |
\internal |
|
5617 |
||
5618 |
Returns true if the image is detached; otherwise returns false. |
|
5619 |
||
5620 |
\sa detach(), {Implicit Data Sharing} |
|
5621 |
*/ |
|
5622 |
||
5623 |
bool QImage::isDetached() const |
|
5624 |
{ |
|
5625 |
return d && d->ref == 1; |
|
5626 |
} |
|
5627 |
||
5628 |
||
5629 |
/*! |
|
5630 |
\obsolete |
|
5631 |
Sets the alpha channel of this image to the given \a alphaChannel. |
|
5632 |
||
5633 |
If \a alphaChannel is an 8 bit grayscale image, the intensity values are |
|
5634 |
written into this buffer directly. Otherwise, \a alphaChannel is converted |
|
5635 |
to 32 bit and the intensity of the RGB pixel values is used. |
|
5636 |
||
5637 |
Note that the image will be converted to the Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied |
|
5638 |
format if the function succeeds. |
|
5639 |
||
5640 |
Use one of the composition modes in QPainter::CompositionMode instead. |
|
5641 |
||
5642 |
\warning This function is expensive. |
|
5643 |
||
5644 |
\sa alphaChannel(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
5645 |
Transformations}, {QImage#Image Formats}{Image Formats} |
|
5646 |
*/ |
|
5647 |
||
5648 |
void QImage::setAlphaChannel(const QImage &alphaChannel) |
|
5649 |
{ |
|
5650 |
if (!d) |
|
5651 |
return; |
|
5652 |
||
5653 |
int w = d->width; |
|
5654 |
int h = d->height; |
|
5655 |
||
5656 |
if (w != alphaChannel.d->width || h != alphaChannel.d->height) { |
|
5657 |
qWarning("QImage::setAlphaChannel: " |
|
5658 |
"Alpha channel must have same dimensions as the target image"); |
|
5659 |
return; |
|
5660 |
} |
|
5661 |
||
5662 |
if (d->paintEngine && d->paintEngine->isActive()) { |
|
5663 |
qWarning("QImage::setAlphaChannel: " |
|
5664 |
"Unable to set alpha channel while image is being painted on"); |
|
5665 |
return; |
|
5666 |
} |
|
5667 |
||
5668 |
detach(); |
|
5669 |
||
5670 |
*this = convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
5671 |
||
5672 |
// Slight optimization since alphachannels are returned as 8-bit grays. |
|
5673 |
if (alphaChannel.d->depth == 8 && alphaChannel.isGrayscale()) { |
|
5674 |
const uchar *src_data = alphaChannel.d->data; |
|
5675 |
const uchar *dest_data = d->data; |
|
5676 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
5677 |
const uchar *src = src_data; |
|
5678 |
QRgb *dest = (QRgb *)dest_data; |
|
5679 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) { |
|
5680 |
int alpha = *src; |
|
5681 |
int destAlpha = qt_div_255(alpha * qAlpha(*dest)); |
|
5682 |
*dest = ((destAlpha << 24) |
|
5683 |
| (qt_div_255(qRed(*dest) * alpha) << 16) |
|
5684 |
| (qt_div_255(qGreen(*dest) * alpha) << 8) |
|
5685 |
| (qt_div_255(qBlue(*dest) * alpha))); |
|
5686 |
++dest; |
|
5687 |
++src; |
|
5688 |
} |
|
5689 |
src_data += alphaChannel.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5690 |
dest_data += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5691 |
} |
|
5692 |
||
5693 |
} else { |
|
5694 |
const QImage sourceImage = alphaChannel.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_RGB32); |
|
5695 |
const uchar *src_data = sourceImage.d->data; |
|
5696 |
const uchar *dest_data = d->data; |
|
5697 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
5698 |
const QRgb *src = (const QRgb *) src_data; |
|
5699 |
QRgb *dest = (QRgb *) dest_data; |
|
5700 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) { |
|
5701 |
int alpha = qGray(*src); |
|
5702 |
int destAlpha = qt_div_255(alpha * qAlpha(*dest)); |
|
5703 |
*dest = ((destAlpha << 24) |
|
5704 |
| (qt_div_255(qRed(*dest) * alpha) << 16) |
|
5705 |
| (qt_div_255(qGreen(*dest) * alpha) << 8) |
|
5706 |
| (qt_div_255(qBlue(*dest) * alpha))); |
|
5707 |
++dest; |
|
5708 |
++src; |
|
5709 |
} |
|
5710 |
src_data += sourceImage.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5711 |
dest_data += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5712 |
} |
|
5713 |
} |
|
5714 |
} |
|
5715 |
||
5716 |
||
5717 |
/*! |
|
5718 |
\obsolete |
|
5719 |
||
5720 |
Returns the alpha channel of the image as a new grayscale QImage in which |
|
5721 |
each pixel's red, green, and blue values are given the alpha value of the |
|
5722 |
original image. The color depth of the returned image is 8-bit. |
|
5723 |
||
5724 |
You can see an example of use of this function in QPixmap's |
|
5725 |
\l{QPixmap::}{alphaChannel()}, which works in the same way as |
|
5726 |
this function on QPixmaps. |
|
5727 |
||
5728 |
Most usecases for this function can be replaced with QPainter and |
|
5729 |
using composition modes. |
|
5730 |
||
5731 |
\warning This is an expensive function. |
|
5732 |
||
5733 |
\sa setAlphaChannel(), hasAlphaChannel(), |
|
5734 |
{QPixmap#Pixmap Information}{Pixmap}, |
|
5735 |
{QImage#Image Transformations}{Image Transformations} |
|
5736 |
*/ |
|
5737 |
||
5738 |
QImage QImage::alphaChannel() const |
|
5739 |
{ |
|
5740 |
if (!d) |
|
5741 |
return QImage(); |
|
5742 |
||
5743 |
int w = d->width; |
|
5744 |
int h = d->height; |
|
5745 |
||
5746 |
QImage image(w, h, Format_Indexed8); |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
5747 |
image.setColorCount(256); |
0 | 5748 |
|
5749 |
// set up gray scale table. |
|
5750 |
for (int i=0; i<256; ++i) |
|
5751 |
image.setColor(i, qRgb(i, i, i)); |
|
5752 |
||
5753 |
if (!hasAlphaChannel()) { |
|
5754 |
image.fill(255); |
|
5755 |
return image; |
|
5756 |
} |
|
5757 |
||
5758 |
if (d->format == Format_Indexed8) { |
|
5759 |
const uchar *src_data = d->data; |
|
5760 |
uchar *dest_data = image.d->data; |
|
5761 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
5762 |
const uchar *src = src_data; |
|
5763 |
uchar *dest = dest_data; |
|
5764 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) { |
|
5765 |
*dest = qAlpha(d->colortable.at(*src)); |
|
5766 |
++dest; |
|
5767 |
++src; |
|
5768 |
} |
|
5769 |
src_data += d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5770 |
dest_data += image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5771 |
} |
|
5772 |
} else { |
|
5773 |
QImage alpha32 = *this; |
|
5774 |
if (d->format != Format_ARGB32 && d->format != Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied) |
|
5775 |
alpha32 = convertToFormat(Format_ARGB32); |
|
5776 |
||
5777 |
const uchar *src_data = alpha32.d->data; |
|
5778 |
uchar *dest_data = image.d->data; |
|
5779 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
5780 |
const QRgb *src = (const QRgb *) src_data; |
|
5781 |
uchar *dest = dest_data; |
|
5782 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) { |
|
5783 |
*dest = qAlpha(*src); |
|
5784 |
++dest; |
|
5785 |
++src; |
|
5786 |
} |
|
5787 |
src_data += alpha32.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5788 |
dest_data += image.d->bytes_per_line; |
|
5789 |
} |
|
5790 |
} |
|
5791 |
||
5792 |
return image; |
|
5793 |
} |
|
5794 |
||
5795 |
/*! |
|
5796 |
Returns true if the image has a format that respects the alpha |
|
5797 |
channel, otherwise returns false. |
|
5798 |
||
5799 |
\sa {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information} |
|
5800 |
*/ |
|
5801 |
bool QImage::hasAlphaChannel() const |
|
5802 |
{ |
|
5803 |
return d && (d->format == Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied |
|
5804 |
|| d->format == Format_ARGB32 |
|
5805 |
|| d->format == Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied |
|
5806 |
|| d->format == Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied |
|
5807 |
|| d->format == Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied |
|
5808 |
|| d->format == Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied |
|
5809 |
|| (d->has_alpha_clut && (d->format == Format_Indexed8 |
|
5810 |
|| d->format == Format_Mono |
|
5811 |
|| d->format == Format_MonoLSB))); |
|
5812 |
} |
|
5813 |
||
5814 |
||
5815 |
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
5816 |
#if defined(Q_WS_X11) |
|
5817 |
QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE |
|
5818 |
#include <private/qt_x11_p.h> |
|
5819 |
QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE |
|
5820 |
#endif |
|
5821 |
||
5822 |
QImage::Endian QImage::systemBitOrder() |
|
5823 |
{ |
|
5824 |
#if defined(Q_WS_X11) |
|
5825 |
return BitmapBitOrder(X11->display) == MSBFirst ? BigEndian : LittleEndian; |
|
5826 |
#else |
|
5827 |
return BigEndian; |
|
5828 |
#endif |
|
5829 |
} |
|
5830 |
#endif |
|
5831 |
||
5832 |
/*! |
|
5833 |
\fn QImage QImage::copy(const QRect &rect, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
5834 |
\compat |
|
5835 |
||
5836 |
Use copy() instead. |
|
5837 |
*/ |
|
5838 |
||
5839 |
/*! |
|
5840 |
\fn QImage QImage::copy(int x, int y, int w, int h, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) const |
|
5841 |
\compat |
|
5842 |
||
5843 |
Use copy() instead. |
|
5844 |
*/ |
|
5845 |
||
5846 |
/*! |
|
5847 |
\fn QImage QImage::scaleWidth(int w) const |
|
5848 |
\compat |
|
5849 |
||
5850 |
Use scaledToWidth() instead. |
|
5851 |
*/ |
|
5852 |
||
5853 |
/*! |
|
5854 |
\fn QImage QImage::scaleHeight(int h) const |
|
5855 |
\compat |
|
5856 |
||
5857 |
Use scaledToHeight() instead. |
|
5858 |
*/ |
|
5859 |
||
5860 |
static QImage smoothScaled(const QImage &source, int w, int h) { |
|
5861 |
QImage src = source; |
|
5862 |
if (src.format() == QImage::Format_ARGB32) |
|
5863 |
src = src.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
5864 |
else if (src.depth() < 32) { |
|
5865 |
if (src.hasAlphaChannel()) |
|
5866 |
src = src.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); |
|
5867 |
else |
|
5868 |
src = src.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_RGB32); |
|
5869 |
} |
|
5870 |
||
5871 |
return qSmoothScaleImage(src, w, h); |
|
5872 |
} |
|
5873 |
||
5874 |
||
5875 |
static QImage rotated90(const QImage &image) { |
|
5876 |
QImage out(image.height(), image.width(), image.format()); |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
5877 |
if (image.colorCount() > 0) |
0 | 5878 |
out.setColorTable(image.colorTable()); |
5879 |
int w = image.width(); |
|
5880 |
int h = image.height(); |
|
5881 |
switch (image.format()) { |
|
5882 |
case QImage::Format_RGB32: |
|
5883 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32: |
|
5884 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied: |
|
5885 |
qt_memrotate270(reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(image.bits()), |
|
5886 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5887 |
reinterpret_cast<quint32*>(out.bits()), |
|
5888 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5889 |
break; |
|
5890 |
case QImage::Format_RGB666: |
|
5891 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
5892 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
5893 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
5894 |
case QImage::Format_RGB888: |
|
5895 |
qt_memrotate270(reinterpret_cast<const quint24*>(image.bits()), |
|
5896 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5897 |
reinterpret_cast<quint24*>(out.bits()), |
|
5898 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5899 |
break; |
|
5900 |
case QImage::Format_RGB555: |
|
5901 |
case QImage::Format_RGB16: |
|
5902 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
5903 |
qt_memrotate270(reinterpret_cast<const quint16*>(image.bits()), |
|
5904 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5905 |
reinterpret_cast<quint16*>(out.bits()), |
|
5906 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5907 |
break; |
|
5908 |
case QImage::Format_Indexed8: |
|
5909 |
qt_memrotate270(reinterpret_cast<const quint8*>(image.bits()), |
|
5910 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5911 |
reinterpret_cast<quint8*>(out.bits()), |
|
5912 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5913 |
break; |
|
5914 |
default: |
|
5915 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
5916 |
if (image.colorCount()) |
0 | 5917 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) |
5918 |
out.setPixel(h-y-1, x, image.pixelIndex(x, y)); |
|
5919 |
else |
|
5920 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) |
|
5921 |
out.setPixel(h-y-1, x, image.pixel(x, y)); |
|
5922 |
} |
|
5923 |
break; |
|
5924 |
} |
|
5925 |
return out; |
|
5926 |
} |
|
5927 |
||
5928 |
||
5929 |
static QImage rotated180(const QImage &image) { |
|
5930 |
return image.mirrored(true, true); |
|
5931 |
} |
|
5932 |
||
5933 |
||
5934 |
static QImage rotated270(const QImage &image) { |
|
5935 |
QImage out(image.height(), image.width(), image.format()); |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
5936 |
if (image.colorCount() > 0) |
0 | 5937 |
out.setColorTable(image.colorTable()); |
5938 |
int w = image.width(); |
|
5939 |
int h = image.height(); |
|
5940 |
switch (image.format()) { |
|
5941 |
case QImage::Format_RGB32: |
|
5942 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32: |
|
5943 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied: |
|
5944 |
qt_memrotate90(reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(image.bits()), |
|
5945 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5946 |
reinterpret_cast<quint32*>(out.bits()), |
|
5947 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5948 |
break; |
|
5949 |
case QImage::Format_RGB666: |
|
5950 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied: |
|
5951 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied: |
|
5952 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied: |
|
5953 |
case QImage::Format_RGB888: |
|
5954 |
qt_memrotate90(reinterpret_cast<const quint24*>(image.bits()), |
|
5955 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5956 |
reinterpret_cast<quint24*>(out.bits()), |
|
5957 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5958 |
break; |
|
5959 |
case QImage::Format_RGB555: |
|
5960 |
case QImage::Format_RGB16: |
|
5961 |
case QImage::Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied: |
|
5962 |
qt_memrotate90(reinterpret_cast<const quint16*>(image.bits()), |
|
5963 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5964 |
reinterpret_cast<quint16*>(out.bits()), |
|
5965 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5966 |
break; |
|
5967 |
case QImage::Format_Indexed8: |
|
5968 |
qt_memrotate90(reinterpret_cast<const quint8*>(image.bits()), |
|
5969 |
w, h, image.bytesPerLine(), |
|
5970 |
reinterpret_cast<quint8*>(out.bits()), |
|
5971 |
out.bytesPerLine()); |
|
5972 |
break; |
|
5973 |
default: |
|
5974 |
for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) { |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
5975 |
if (image.colorCount()) |
0 | 5976 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) |
5977 |
out.setPixel(y, w-x-1, image.pixelIndex(x, y)); |
|
5978 |
else |
|
5979 |
for (int x=0; x<w; ++x) |
|
5980 |
out.setPixel(y, w-x-1, image.pixel(x, y)); |
|
5981 |
} |
|
5982 |
break; |
|
5983 |
} |
|
5984 |
return out; |
|
5985 |
} |
|
5986 |
||
5987 |
/*! |
|
5988 |
Returns a copy of the image that is transformed using the given |
|
5989 |
transformation \a matrix and transformation \a mode. |
|
5990 |
||
5991 |
The transformation \a matrix is internally adjusted to compensate |
|
5992 |
for unwanted translation; i.e. the image produced is the smallest |
|
5993 |
image that contains all the transformed points of the original |
|
5994 |
image. Use the trueMatrix() function to retrieve the actual matrix |
|
5995 |
used for transforming an image. |
|
5996 |
||
5997 |
Unlike the other overload, this function can be used to perform perspective |
|
5998 |
transformations on images. |
|
5999 |
||
6000 |
\sa trueMatrix(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
6001 |
Transformations} |
|
6002 |
*/ |
|
6003 |
||
6004 |
QImage QImage::transformed(const QTransform &matrix, Qt::TransformationMode mode ) const |
|
6005 |
{ |
|
6006 |
if (!d) |
|
6007 |
return QImage(); |
|
6008 |
||
6009 |
// source image data |
|
6010 |
int ws = width(); |
|
6011 |
int hs = height(); |
|
6012 |
||
6013 |
// target image data |
|
6014 |
int wd; |
|
6015 |
int hd; |
|
6016 |
||
6017 |
// compute size of target image |
|
6018 |
QTransform mat = trueMatrix(matrix, ws, hs); |
|
6019 |
bool complex_xform = false; |
|
6020 |
bool scale_xform = false; |
|
6021 |
if (mat.type() <= QTransform::TxScale) { |
|
6022 |
if (mat.type() == QTransform::TxNone) // identity matrix |
|
6023 |
return *this; |
|
6024 |
else if (mat.m11() == -1. && mat.m22() == -1.) |
|
6025 |
return rotated180(*this); |
|
6026 |
||
6027 |
if (mode == Qt::FastTransformation) { |
|
6028 |
hd = qRound(qAbs(mat.m22()) * hs); |
|
6029 |
wd = qRound(qAbs(mat.m11()) * ws); |
|
6030 |
} else { |
|
6031 |
hd = int(qAbs(mat.m22()) * hs + 0.9999); |
|
6032 |
wd = int(qAbs(mat.m11()) * ws + 0.9999); |
|
6033 |
} |
|
6034 |
scale_xform = true; |
|
6035 |
} else { |
|
6036 |
if (mat.type() <= QTransform::TxRotate && mat.m11() == 0 && mat.m22() == 0) { |
|
6037 |
if (mat.m12() == 1. && mat.m21() == -1.) |
|
6038 |
return rotated90(*this); |
|
6039 |
else if (mat.m12() == -1. && mat.m21() == 1.) |
|
6040 |
return rotated270(*this); |
|
6041 |
} |
|
6042 |
||
6043 |
QPolygonF a(QRectF(0, 0, ws, hs)); |
|
6044 |
a = mat.map(a); |
|
6045 |
QRect r = a.boundingRect().toAlignedRect(); |
|
6046 |
wd = r.width(); |
|
6047 |
hd = r.height(); |
|
6048 |
complex_xform = true; |
|
6049 |
} |
|
6050 |
||
6051 |
if (wd == 0 || hd == 0) |
|
6052 |
return QImage(); |
|
6053 |
||
6054 |
// Make use of the optimized algorithm when we're scaling |
|
6055 |
if (scale_xform && mode == Qt::SmoothTransformation) { |
|
6056 |
if (mat.m11() < 0.0F && mat.m22() < 0.0F) { // horizontal/vertical flip |
|
6057 |
return smoothScaled(mirrored(true, true), wd, hd); |
|
6058 |
} else if (mat.m11() < 0.0F) { // horizontal flip |
|
6059 |
return smoothScaled(mirrored(true, false), wd, hd); |
|
6060 |
} else if (mat.m22() < 0.0F) { // vertical flip |
|
6061 |
return smoothScaled(mirrored(false, true), wd, hd); |
|
6062 |
} else { // no flipping |
|
6063 |
return smoothScaled(*this, wd, hd); |
|
6064 |
} |
|
6065 |
} |
|
6066 |
||
6067 |
int bpp = depth(); |
|
6068 |
||
6069 |
int sbpl = bytesPerLine(); |
|
6070 |
const uchar *sptr = bits(); |
|
6071 |
||
6072 |
QImage::Format target_format = d->format; |
|
6073 |
||
6074 |
if (complex_xform || mode == Qt::SmoothTransformation) { |
|
6075 |
if (d->format < QImage::Format_RGB32 || !hasAlphaChannel()) { |
|
6076 |
switch(d->format) { |
|
6077 |
case QImage::Format_RGB16: |
|
6078 |
target_format = Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied; |
|
6079 |
break; |
|
6080 |
case QImage::Format_RGB555: |
|
6081 |
target_format = Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied; |
|
6082 |
break; |
|
6083 |
case QImage::Format_RGB666: |
|
6084 |
target_format = Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied; |
|
6085 |
break; |
|
6086 |
case QImage::Format_RGB444: |
|
6087 |
target_format = Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied; |
|
6088 |
break; |
|
6089 |
default: |
|
6090 |
target_format = Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied; |
|
6091 |
break; |
|
6092 |
} |
|
6093 |
} |
|
6094 |
} |
|
6095 |
||
6096 |
QImage dImage(wd, hd, target_format); |
|
6097 |
QIMAGE_SANITYCHECK_MEMORY(dImage); |
|
6098 |
||
6099 |
if (target_format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB |
|
6100 |
|| target_format == QImage::Format_Mono |
|
6101 |
|| target_format == QImage::Format_Indexed8) { |
|
6102 |
dImage.d->colortable = d->colortable; |
|
6103 |
dImage.d->has_alpha_clut = d->has_alpha_clut | complex_xform; |
|
6104 |
} |
|
6105 |
||
6106 |
dImage.d->dpmx = dotsPerMeterX(); |
|
6107 |
dImage.d->dpmy = dotsPerMeterY(); |
|
6108 |
||
6109 |
switch (bpp) { |
|
6110 |
// initizialize the data |
|
6111 |
case 8: |
|
6112 |
if (dImage.d->colortable.size() < 256) { |
|
6113 |
// colors are left in the color table, so pick that one as transparent |
|
6114 |
dImage.d->colortable.append(0x0); |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
6115 |
memset(dImage.bits(), dImage.d->colortable.size() - 1, dImage.byteCount()); |
0 | 6116 |
} else { |
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
6117 |
memset(dImage.bits(), 0, dImage.byteCount()); |
0 | 6118 |
} |
6119 |
break; |
|
6120 |
case 1: |
|
6121 |
case 16: |
|
6122 |
case 24: |
|
6123 |
case 32: |
|
3
41300fa6a67c
Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents:
0
diff
changeset
|
6124 |
memset(dImage.bits(), 0x00, dImage.byteCount()); |
0 | 6125 |
break; |
6126 |
} |
|
6127 |
||
6128 |
if (target_format >= QImage::Format_RGB32) { |
|
6129 |
QPainter p(&dImage); |
|
6130 |
if (mode == Qt::SmoothTransformation) { |
|
6131 |
p.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing); |
|
6132 |
p.setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform); |
|
6133 |
} |
|
6134 |
p.setTransform(mat); |
|
6135 |
p.drawImage(QPoint(0, 0), *this); |
|
6136 |
} else { |
|
6137 |
bool invertible; |
|
6138 |
mat = mat.inverted(&invertible); // invert matrix |
|
6139 |
if (!invertible) // error, return null image |
|
6140 |
return QImage(); |
|
6141 |
||
6142 |
// create target image (some of the code is from QImage::copy()) |
|
6143 |
int type = format() == Format_Mono ? QT_XFORM_TYPE_MSBFIRST : QT_XFORM_TYPE_LSBFIRST; |
|
6144 |
int dbpl = dImage.bytesPerLine(); |
|
6145 |
qt_xForm_helper(mat, 0, type, bpp, dImage.bits(), dbpl, 0, hd, sptr, sbpl, ws, hs); |
|
6146 |
} |
|
6147 |
return dImage; |
|
6148 |
} |
|
6149 |
||
6150 |
/*! |
|
6151 |
\fn QTransform QImage::trueMatrix(const QTransform &matrix, int width, int height) |
|
6152 |
||
6153 |
Returns the actual matrix used for transforming an image with the |
|
6154 |
given \a width, \a height and \a matrix. |
|
6155 |
||
6156 |
When transforming an image using the transformed() function, the |
|
6157 |
transformation matrix is internally adjusted to compensate for |
|
6158 |
unwanted translation, i.e. transformed() returns the smallest |
|
6159 |
image containing all transformed points of the original image. |
|
6160 |
This function returns the modified matrix, which maps points |
|
6161 |
correctly from the original image into the new image. |
|
6162 |
||
6163 |
Unlike the other overload, this function creates transformation |
|
6164 |
matrices that can be used to perform perspective |
|
6165 |
transformations on images. |
|
6166 |
||
6167 |
\sa transformed(), {QImage#Image Transformations}{Image |
|
6168 |
Transformations} |
|
6169 |
*/ |
|
6170 |
||
6171 |
QTransform QImage::trueMatrix(const QTransform &matrix, int w, int h) |
|
6172 |
{ |
|
6173 |
const QRectF rect(0, 0, w, h); |
|
6174 |
const QRect mapped = matrix.mapRect(rect).toAlignedRect(); |
|
6175 |
const QPoint delta = mapped.topLeft(); |
|
6176 |
return matrix * QTransform().translate(-delta.x(), -delta.y()); |
|
6177 |
} |
|
6178 |
||
6179 |
||
6180 |
/*! |
|
6181 |
\typedef QImage::DataPtr |
|
6182 |
\internal |
|
6183 |
*/ |
|
6184 |
||
6185 |
/*! |
|
6186 |
\fn DataPtr & QImage::data_ptr() |
|
6187 |
\internal |
|
6188 |
*/ |
|
6189 |
||
6190 |
QT_END_NAMESPACE |